2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
-
Upload
perumalbalji -
Category
Documents
-
view
216 -
download
0
Transcript of 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 1/195
Himachal Pradesh
Power Corporation Limited
Manual on
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
(Civil & HM Works)
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 2/195
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 3/195
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 4/195
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Manual (Civil & HM works)(1 st Edition)
Government of Himachal Pradesh has allotted a number of Hydro Electric Projects t
HPPCL for its speedy execution in a clean and healthy environment. HPPCL is planning to
harness 3000 MW by March 2017 and 5000 MW by 2022 confirming to all quality
norms/standards in practice.
Quality in construction implies fulfillment of technical, financial and societal need
which the HEPs are intended to satisfy during construction and operational phase. Fo
setting and defining the level of desired quality and achieving it in actual construction, an
attempt has been made to prepare/finalize a manual on Quality Assurance & Qualit
Control (Civil & HM works) to be implemented in all HEPs under HPPCL. The subsequen
editions incorporating the changes arising due to advancement in Construction Technologyand Quality Management will be released from time to time.
The following HPPCL officers/Consultant ( s ) were associated: -
1.
Er. B. S. Negi, Director (Civil), HPPCL
2. Er. P. K. Kohli, General Manager (Designs), HPPCL.
3.
Er. Sanjeev Arya, DGM (CM), HPPCL.
Consultant: -
1.
Er. Vijay Chopra, Ex. E. D., SJVVNL cum HPPCL Consultant.
The 1st edition of this Manual on Quality Assurance and Quality Control (Civil &
HM works) is being released on 12th May, 2011.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 5/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
Part-I (Civil Works)
INDEX
1. CHAPTER – I Page - 1
QUALITY ASSURANCE, QUALITY CONTROL & INSPECTION Page -1
1.1 Introduction Page -1
1.1.1 Orientation and Training of Construction Supervision &
Quality Control Staff
Page -3
1.1.2 Laboratory System for Testing of Input and Outputs Page -3
1.1.3 O.K. Card System Page -3
1.2 Objectives and Scope of Quality Control Page -4
1.2.1 Objectives Page -4
1.2.2 Roles and Responsibility Matrix Page -4
1.3 Quality Control Manual Page -8
1.4 Configuration of Quality Management System Page -9
1.5 Definitions Page -10
2. CHAPTER-II Page -11
ORGANIZATIONAL SETUP Page -11
2.1 Quality Control Unit Formation Page -11
2.2 Functions of Quality Control Units Page -12
2.3 Training Requirements Page -14
3. CHAPTER-III Page -17
TESTING LABORATORIES & THEIR FUNCTIONS Page -17
3.1 Objectives Page -173.2 Laboratory Quality System Page -17
3.3 Set-up of Laboratories Page -18
3.4 Functions of Central Field Laboratory (Level-1) Page -19
3.5 Functions of Site Laboratories (Level-2) Page -20
3.6 Functions of Field Testing Units Including Mobile Units (Level-3) Page -20
3.7 Improved Devices for Quality Control Page -23
3.8 Scope of Inspection and Testing Facilities Page -23
4. CHAPTER-IV Page -24
DUTIES & CONTROL OF LABORATORIES Page -24
4.1 Duties of In-Charge of Laboratory Page -24
4.2 Duties of AEs/Assistant Research Officers/Research
Assistants (Laboratory)
Page -24
4.3 Duties of Laboratory Technicians/Junior Research Assistants Page -25
4.4 Duties of Laboratory Attendants. Page -25
4.5 Control of Test Equipment for Inspection, Testing & Measuring Page -25
4.6 Duties of Field Engineers in Relation to Quality of works Page -25
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 6/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
5. CHAPTER-V Page -29
CO-ORDINATIONS Page -29
5.1 General Co-ordination and Linear Responsibility Chart Page -29
5.2 Defects & Deficiencies Page -30
5.3 Test Checks & Sub-Standard Work Page -30
5.4 Difference of Opinion Page -306. CHAPTER - VI Page -32
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND INTERNAL QUALITY AUDIT Page -32
6.1 Quality Assurance Records Page -32
6.2 Quality Audit Page -32
6.3 Internal Quality Audit Page -32
6.3.1 Objectives Page -32
6.3.2 Scope & Functions Page -33
6.3.3 Audit Sampling Page -34
6.4 Internal Quality Audit Group - Desired Standards &
Formation of the group
Page -34
6.5 Program of Quality Audit Page -35
7. CHAPTER - VII Page -38
O.K. CARDS Page -38
7.1 O.K. Card System Page -38
7.2 Filling of O.K. Card Page -38
7.3 Specimen of O.K. Card Page -39
8. CHAPTER - VIII Page -40
TESTS TO BE PERFORMED ON CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Page -40
8.1 General Page -40
8.2 Tests to be performed Page -408.3 Sampling for Testing of Materials Page -43
9. CHAPTER - IX Page -45
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR AND CONCRETE TESTING Page -45
10. CHAPTER - X Page -47
IMPORTANT SPECIFICATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROL Page -47
10.1 Underground Excavation and Support System Page -47
10.1.1 General Page -47
10.1.2 Care during Underground Construction Page -47
10.1.3 Geological Mapping During Tunnel Excavation Page -50
10.1.4 Geotechnical Monitoring of Underground works and
Instrumentation
Page -50
10.1.5 Shotcreting (Plain/Reinforced) Page -51
10.1.6 The Steel Fibre used in SFRS Page -53
10.1.7 Micro Silica Page -53
10.1.8 Proportion of Admixture
Page -54
10.1.9 General Specifications of Rock Bolts/Anchors Page -56
10.1.10 Support Elements Page -58
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 7/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
10.2 Cement Concrete Work Page -59
10.2.1 Proportioning, Batching & Mixing Page -59
10.2.2 Concrete Mix Design Page -60
10.2.3 Water Cement Ratio (W/C) Page -62
10.2.4 Durability of Concrete Page -62
10.2.5 Workability of Concrete Page -63
10.2.6 Transporting of Concrete Page -63
10.2.7 Placing & Compacting of Concrete Page -64
10.2.8 Curing of Concrete Page -64
10.2.9 Sampling & Testing for Compressive Strength of
Designed Mix Concrete
Page -64
10.2.10 Acceptance Criteria of Compressive Strength Page -65
10.2.11 Additional Tests Page -66
10.2.12 Quality Control of Fresh Concrete Page -66
10.2.13 Construction Joints Page -66
11. CHAPTER XI
Page -67IMPORTANT DO’S AND DON’TS/CHECK LIST FOR UNDERGROUND
WORKS
Page -67
12. CHAPTER XII Page -70
CONTROL ON CONCRETE MATERIALS Page -70
12.1 Cement Page -70
12.1.1 Source of Cement Page -70
12.1.2 Storage and Handling of Cement Page -70
12.2 Aggregates Page -71
12.2.1 Aggregate Characteristics Page -71
12.2.2 Quality of Aggregates Page -71
12.2.3 Control on Gradation of Coarse and Fine Aggregates Page -72
12.2.4 Harmful Materials in Aggregates Page -73
12.2.5 Sampling of Aggregate Page -73
12.2.6 Storage & Handling of Aggregates Page -73
12.3 Water Page -73
12.4 Chemical Admixtures Page -74
12.4.1 Need for use of Admixtures Page -74
12.4.2 Classification of Admixtures & their function in Concrete Page -74
12.4.3 Physical Requirements of Admixtures Page -74
12.4.4 Uniformity Requirements of Admixtures Page -75
12.4.5 Curing Compounds Page -75
13. CHAPTER – XIII Page -77
MONITORING THROUGH CONTROL CHARTS Page -77
13.1 Control Charts for Concrete Strengths Page -77
13.2 Control Charts for Cement Strengths Page -82
13.3 Some useful Relationships Page -84
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 8/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
14. CHAPTER XIV Page -87
COMPILATION OF QUALITY CONTROL DATA & INFORMATION SYSTEM Page -87
14.1 Data, Information & Information system Page -8714.2 Responsibility Chart Page -87
14.3 List of Documents-Check List Page -88
14.4 Standardization of Records Page -89
14.5 Presentation of Information Page -89
14.6 Indexing of Records Page -90
14.7 Value of Information Page -90
14.8 Data Life Cycle Page -91
14.9 Data Processing Page -91
14.10 Movement of Test Reports Page -92
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 9/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
Part-II (Hydro Mechanical Works)
INDEX
CHAPTER-I
INSPECTION OF INCOMING MATERIALS
AND PARTS OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES Structural steel & stainless steel
1.0 Scope Page – 1
1.1 References Page – 1
1.2 Freedom From Defects Page – 1
1.3 Chemical Composition Page – 1
1.4 Selection And Preparation Of Test Samples Page – 1
1.5 Round Test Samples Page – 1
1.6 Tensile Test Page – 1
1.6.1 Number Of Tensile Tests Page – 1
1.6.2 Tensile Test Page – 2
1.7 Bend Test Page–
21.7.1 Bend Test Page – 2
1.8 Retest Page – 2
1.9 Tolerances Page – 2
1.9.1 Beams And Columns Page – 2
1.9.2 Camber and sweep Page – 3
1.9.3 Weight Page – 3
1.9.4 Rolling Tolerances For Flats Page – 3
1.9.5 Rolling And Cutting Tolerance For Plates Page – 3
1.9.6 Length Page – 4
1.10 Inspection Of Underslung Hoist Page – 4
1.11 Test Certificates Page–
5
1.12 Details Of Testing Page – 5
1.13 Non Destructive Tests Page – 5
1.14 Repair Of Castings Page – 5
1.15 Chemical Composition Page – 6
1.16 Tolerances Page – 6
1.17 Freedom From Defects Page – 6
1.18 Heat Treatment Page – 6
1.19 Mechanical Properties Page – 6
1.20 Inspection Of Boughtout Items Page – 7
1.20.1 Reduction Unit Page – 7
1.20.2 Wire Ropes Is 2266 – 2000 Page – 7
1.20.3 Plummer Blocks Page – 7
1.20.4 Couplings Page – 7
1.20.5 Clutches Page – 7
1.20.6 Bearings Page – 7
1.20.7 Motors Is 325 Page – 8
1.20.8 Brakes Page – 8
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 10/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
1.20.9 PVC Insulated Cables Page – 8
1.20.10 Control Panels Page – 8
1.20.11 References – Is Codes Page – 8
1.20.12 Quality Assurance Plan For Manufacture, Installation And
Commissioning Of Hydraulic Gates And Handling Equipments
Page – 9
1.20.13 List Of Abbreviation Page–
151.20.14 Steel Plates For Penstock Page – 16
1.20.15 Inspection Of Steel Plates Page – 16
CHAPTER-2
WELDING DETAILS For Hydraulic gates manufacture
2.0 Welding Processes Page – 172.1 Specification Page – 17 2.2 Preparation Of Base Material Page – 172.3 Assembly Page – 18
2.4 Welding Processes Page–
182.5 Weld Consumables Page – 182.5.1 Welding Of Carbon Steel To Carbon Steel Page – 182.5.2 Welding Of Carbon Steel To Stainless Steel Page – 182.5.3 Welding Of Stainless Steel To Cast Steel Page – 182.6 Storage Of Electrodes Page – 182.7 Welding Position Page – 192.8 Nature Of Current Page – 192.9 Tack Welds Page – 202.10 Precautions For Quality Welds Page – 202.11 Limitation Of Fillet Weld Page – 202.11.1 Angle Between Fusion Faces In Degrees Page
– 20
2.11.2 Thickness Of Thicker Part Page – 202.12 Joint Locations Of Hydraulic Gates Page – 212.12.1.1 Vertical Lift Gates Page – 212.12.1.2 Joints In Horizontal Girders Where Ever Possible Page – 212.12.1.3 Welding Of Horizontal Girders To End Vertical Or End Box Page – 222.12.1.4 Lifting Arrangement Page – 222.12.1.5 All Other Welds Are Also More Important And Continuous One To
Control The Rust Page – 22
2.12.2 Radial Gates Page – 232.12.2.1 Skin Plate Assembly With Vertical Stiffeners Page – 232.12.2.2 Horizontal Girders Page
– 25
2.12.2.3 Tie Between Trunnion Page – 262.13 Welding Defects : Their Causes And Prevention Page – 272.13.1 Welding Objectives Page – 272.13.2 Typical Defects Which Can Occur In Arc Welds Page – 282.13.2.1 Incomplete Penetrations Page – 282.13.2.2 Lack Of Fusion Page – 28
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 11/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
2.13.2.3 Undercut Page – 292.13.2.4 Overlap Page – 292.13.2.5 Slag Inclusions Page – 302.13.2.6 Porosity Page – 312.13.2.7 Crack Page – 31
2.13.2.7.1 Hot Cracks Page–
322.14 Standard Time For Fillet Welding Page – 332.15 Number Of Standard Electrodes Per Meter Length Of Joints Page – 342.16 Number Of Standard Electrodes Per Meter Length Of Joints Page – 352.17 Comparative Chart For Welding Electrodes Page – 36
CHAPTER-3
QUALITY CONTROL & TESTS OF GATES, PENSTOCK
& ALLIED MECHANICAL WORKS 3.0 Proper Quality Control And Quality Assurance Page-38
3.1 Manufacturing Stage Page-383.1.1 Non-Destructive Testing Shall Be Conducted As Per Indian
Standard Codes
Page-38
3.1.2 Destructive Testing Page-383.2 Test During Installation/Erection Stage Page-393.3 Additional Checks For Radial Gates Page-403.4 General Tools Required For Q.C. Agencies Page-403.5 General Quality Control Tests For Gates And Allied Components Page-413.5.1 Raw Materials And Bought Out Items Page-413.5.1.1 Inspection And Random Testing Of All Raw Materials Such As Page-41
3.6 Tests Required During & After Installation / Erection Page-42
3.7 Tests Required During The Stage Of Manufacture Page-433.7.1 Additional Tests For Radial Gates Page-43
3.7.2 Testing And Commissioning Page-43
3.7.3 Penstock Page-44
3.7.3.1 Shop/Field Inspection Page-443.7.3.2 In-Process Inspection Page-44
3.7.3.3 In-Process Inspection Of Fabrication Page-453.7.3.4 Coating And Lining Inspection Requirements Page-463.7.3.5 Final Shop Inspection Page-46
3.7.3.6 Final Field Inspection Page-473.7.3.7 Damage Page-47
3.7.3.8 Field Weld Inspection Page-473.7.3.9 Field Inspection Of Linings And Coatings Page-473.7.3.10 Bedding And Backfill Page-473.7.3.11 Reports Page-473.7.4 Non-destructive Examination Page-473.7.4.1 General Page-473.7.4.2 Minimum Non-destructive Examination Requirements (ASCE Manual) Page-483.7.4.3 Areas Requiring Special Consideration Page-48
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 12/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
3.7.5 Non-destructive Examination Methods Page-493.7.5.1 Radiographic Examination Page-493.7.5.2 Ultrasonic Examination Page-493.7.5.3 Magnetic Particle Examination Page-493.7.5.4 Liquid Penetrant Examination Page-49
3.7.5.5 Visual Examination Page-503.7.5.6 Field Hydrostatic Testing Page-503.7.5.7 Field Test Pressure Page-503.7.5.8 Hydrostatic Test Inspection Verification Page-51
CHAPTER-4
PAINTING SYSTEM FOR HYDRAULIC GATES & HOISTS 4.0 Introduction Page-524.1 Surface Preparation Page-524.1.1 B Sa 2½ Page-534.1.2 B Sa 3 Page-534.2 Shop Painting Page-544.2.1 Embedded Parts Which Come Into Contact Of Concrete Page-544.2.2 Embedded Parts Which Are Not In Contact With Concrete And Gate
Parts Page-54
4.3 Gates Page-544.3.1 Primer Coat Page-54
4.3.2 Finished Paint Page-544.4 Hoist And Supporting Structure Page-554.4.1 Structural Components Page-554.4.2 Machinery Page-554.4.3 Machined Surfaces Page-554.5 Application Of Paint Page-554.6 Removal Of Old Paint/Rust And Carrying Out Fresh Painting Page-564.7 Removal Of Old Paint For Repainting Page-564.8 Inspection And Testing Of Painting Page-564.8.1 General Page-574.8.2 Inspection Of Surfaces Prior To Painting Page-574.8.2.1 New Work (Note Previously Painted) Page-574.8.2.2 Old Work (Which Requires Repainting) Page-574.8.3 Inspection During Preparation Of Surfaces Page-574.8.4 Inspection Before And During Intermediate Protective Treatments Page-584.8.5 General Inspection Before And During Painting Page-584.9 Spray Painting Defects: Causes And Remedies Page-594.9.1 Defects In Finish Page-594.9.2 Defects In Workmanship Page-60
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 13/195
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
Quality Assurance & Quality Control
O. K. Cards
INDEX
Civil Works
Excavation Page – 1
Underground Structures-Concrete Lining Page – 3
Placement of Concrete for Dam/Open Works Page – 5
Placement Report Page – 7
Reinforcement Inspection Checklist Page – 8
Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete work Page – 9
Compressive Strength of Concrete Page – 11
Rock Bolt Test Result Page–
12 Sieve Analysis for Sand/Fine Aggregate (IS:383) Page – 13
Calibration of Batching Plant Page – 14
Safety Checklist Page – 15
Hydro Mechanical Works
1 & 2 Stage Embedments Page – 16
Authorization Powers Page – 17
DT Gates Page – 18
DT Gates 2nd Stage Page – 19
Erection of Gates Page–
20Gantry Crane Hoist Page – 21
Hydraulic Hoist Piping Page – 22
Legends Page – 23
Receipt & Storage Page – 24
Storage & Receipt Page – 25
Storage & Receipt Page – 26
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 14/195
Himachal Pradesh
Power Corporation Limited
Part-I
Civil Works
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 15/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-1
CHAPTER – I
QUALITY ASSURANCE, QUALITY CONTROL & INSPECTION
1.1 INTRODUCTION
HPPCL is a fast upcoming power generation utility created in Dec 2006 under tCompany Act 1956 for the exploitation of vast unharnessed hydro potential of
expeditiously with quality execution on behalf of Government of HP and HPSEB. It is plann
to harness 3000 MW power generation by March 2017 and 5000 MW by 2022 conforming
all quality norms/standards in practice in a clean & healthy environment.
The Projects for 944 MW are under implementation, 1147 MW is in investigation sta
and 708 MW are in pre-feasibility stage. The Projects under execution are: -
Sawra Kuddu HEP (111 MW) – on ICB (Likely to be completed by December, 2012).
Integrated Kashang HEP (243 MW) – on ICB (Likely to be completed by January, 2013)
Sainj HEP (100 MW) – on ICB (EPC Mode) likely to be completed by August, 2014. Shongtong Karcham HEP (450 MW) – on ICB (EPC Mode) likely to be completed with
60 months.
Renuka Dam Project (40 MW) – on ICB (EPC Mode) likely to be completed within
months.
The construction of a Hydroelectric Project is a mega activity consisting of huge
network comprising many types of construction materials as well as variety of constructi
techniques spanning in a long period of time. Each and every job is required to be executed
acceptable construction quality norms duly conforming to sound design principl
specifications and deployment of good methodology, modern techniques and procedures.
achieve the requisite objectives, it is essential to introduce a result-oriented qual
management system.
Quality in the construction of Hydro Power Projects implies fulfilment of techni
financial and societal needs which the constructed facility is intended to satisfy. For sett
and defining the level of desired quality and achieving it in actual construction, many agenc
get involved to perform different work functions viz management control, technic
administrative and audit aspects.
While the ultimate efficiency of the performance of the project will depend largely
the design and layout, the ultimate health of the project during the life cycle of its operatio
phase will depend largely on the quality adhered in the construction of the project.
The quality of construction is in turn dependent on: -
The quality of construction materials.
The nature and type of controls exercised during their processing and delivery.
The quality of workmanship in laying, finishing, curing etc. of concrete.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 16/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-2
The quality in construction has to be achieved by all the parties involved through the
steps required the entire spectrum of construction. The quality control system therefore,
needs to be planned so as to orient the whole range of quality effort on a continuous basis
covering quality assurance and quality control, broadly out lined below, including steps
initiated for its meticulous implementation.
Quality Control/Quality Assurance System and organization: -
Quality assurance including quality control deals with the complete system necessary
to obtain the desited quality needed for a Project to perform a function intended. It
encompasses Design Specifications, Contractual Relationship, Training, Product Control,
Inspection & Testing (for control & for acceptance) and Feedback along with implementation
adherence of Contract work specifications at construction sites and corrective actions
thereon.
Quality assurance (QA) is essentially the process of planning which is necessary to
ensure that the specified qualit y will be obtained. Thus the objective of QA is “Engineering forQuality” rather than inspection for quality. Quality control (QC) on the other hand is the
activity which is carried out to verify such compliance with specified requirements. In thepresent context QC & QA has been viewed together in its entirety.
HPPCL is planning and making functional a separate Quality Control Department
functionally independent of the construction department that ensures that all aspects of
quality assurance/quality control in civil construction are adhered to at all stages of the
Project implementation. The quality cell will comprise of: -
At corporate level – headed by a General Manager at Sundernagar.
At Project level – headed by a DGM/Sr. Manager responsible for QA/QC activities for
different components of civil works.
Main material testing lab at Sundernagar. Central material testing lab at central location at each Project site.
Field MTL at each Project.
It is envisaged that while supervision of the construction should be under the
Construction Wing of the Project authorities, QA & QC personnel and organization would have
authority and organizational freedom to identify quality problem, appropriate solutions and
corrective measures and verification in its implementation.
Organisation responsibility: -
While it is not possible to list each and every activity being undertaken by QA/QC cellfor Quality Control/Quality Assurance, some illustrative area of authorities and
responsibilities are as below: -
To prepare, coordinate, evaluate, document in all aspects of QA system as required by
the specifications.
To analyze all general and special quality objectives defined in the tender.
To establish acceptance criteria.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 17/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-3
To approve source of supply of materials in consultation with construction wing
per technical specification, design, relevant Indian/International code of pract
requirements.
To advice construction wing to accept or reject material and evaluate workmanship
consultation with the Design wing of the Project.
To perform regular inspection and surveillance to verify/compliance to
requirements.
1.1.1 Orientation and training of construction supervision & quality control staff: -
A capable and functional construction supervision (CS) and Quality control / Qual
assurance (QC/QA) team is needed to ensure implementation of contract specifications.
achieve this objective, intensive training needs to be given to all related staff
construction/quality control in suitable batches covering specifications for the works to
executed and also the procedure to conduct various tests in the field and laboratori
Recommendations of Indian Standard codes should be explained in the training so as to cov
key construction and QC/QA aspects. The details of training requirements are covered
chapter II.
1.1.2 Laboratory system for testing of input and outputs: -
Looking at the overall quantum of work and the scattered areas of various hyd
power projects of HPPCL, establishment of laboratories (project wise) will form an importa
link of project organization for quality control. The system is required to provide reliable a
accurate testing support to fulfil the objectives. Accuracy and reliability in testing will depe
upon the competence of testing personal, accuracy of apparatus, quality of reagents used, a
maintenance of requisite environmental conditions. Introduction of “Mobile test
laboratory system” will prove to be highly result -oriented. This can be supplemented adequate number of site / field laboratories and central laboratories for material testi
Testing laboratories and their functions are described in Chapter III.
1.1.3 O.K. Card System: -
O.K. card system-cum-check list for the project construction is required to co-ordin
the work of multi-discipline agencies to ensure QA/QC programme for construction
provides a systematic approach towards assuring quality construction and has proved to
practical mechanism for enforcement of technical specifications.
For this purpose, each major work is divided into various activities in propsequence/order of construction and is listed in chronological order of occurrence in the
Card. The cards are maintained in two colours (Pink/Red and Green) to be operated
construction and quality control units separately. During execution of work both the cards a
operated simultaneously and will be kept on record by the Engineer in charge concerned. T
OK Card system along-with specimens is given in Chapter VII.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 18/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-4
1.2 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF QUALITY CONTROL
1.2.1 Objectives: -
The objective of quality control management is to collect and process and then
communicate the data related to the quality of inputs and outputs as well as that of the
finished product / item of work to those who are responsible for the quality management.
A programme of quality control seeks to ensure adequacy and uniformity of quality
through the following operations: -
Ensuring that the works are being executed in conformity with the prescribed
specifications and requirements.
Inspection of storage, handling and processing facilities for all the materials in
conformity with the accepted and specified practice.
Monitoring the variations in specifications of the materials and quantities in the
operation of production and in the final product by suitable observations,
measurements and tests.
Analysis of the observed variations by statistical and/or other techniques.
Feed-back of the results of analysis for exercise of control at each stage and to take
corrective steps for maintaining the variations within specified limits.
Indicating expeditiously the possible remedial measures & preventive actions
wherever warranted to ensure execution of works as per drawings and specifications
for effective construction control and continual improvements.
Rejecting, where warranted, the material or the product at any intermediate or final
stage in case acceptance criteria is not satisfied. The rejected material to be removed
from the work site immediately.
Ensuring availability of resources and information necessary to support the operationand monitoring the progress of works.
Thus the objective of quality assurance (QA) is an ‘Engineering for Quality’ rather thanInspection for quality. Quality control (QC) on the other hand is the activity which is carried
out to verify such compliance with specified requirements.
1.2.2 Roles and responsibility matrix
In order to achieve the common goal viz. Quality Construction in the execution of the
project, the roles and responsibility matrix shall be broadly followed by: -
HPPCL Corporate office
Contractor
Project Construction Group
QC/QA Group
Design Group
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 19/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-5
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX
HPPCL
CORPORATE OFFICE
PROJECT
CONSTRUCTION GROUP
QC/QA Group CONTRACTO
Set the tone for Quality
Construction.
Organize for construction
supervision.
Organize for QC/QA
supervision.
Adopt means a
methods
construction ensure progr
with quality.
Issue directives on firm
commitment to quality &
strict implementation of
QC/QA programs on
projects.
Convene pre-construction
meeting with Contractor
after award of Contract.
Introduce OK Card
system.
Implement OK
Card system
meticulously.
Maintain pro
construction
sequence a
scheduling.
Establish project
requirements and arrange
Project financing.
Job-specific
Specifications be made
available to all, right up to
the lowest supervisinglevel. Acquaint the staff
fully with technical
specifications of the
contract for strict
implementation.
Acquaint fully with
technical
specifications in
the contractdocuments and
implement strictly.
To eng
requisite
engineering
otherexperienced s
to ens
implementatio
of contr
specifications
and works.
Set organization of field
construction team.
Monitor regularly the
adequacy of contractor’sequipment and plant for
progress, safety and
quality.
Conduct sampling of
inputs and outputs and
get them tested from test
laboratory as per
specified frequency. If not
found satisfactory, inform
to HoP for remedial
measures.
Ensure conducting
of sampling and
testing of inputs
and outputs as per
IS / specified
frequency.
Maintain s
safety, first a
and
housekeeping.
Set organization of QC/QA
team.
Administer contracts
strictly.
Get the lab testing
equipmentcalibrated
regularly.
Strict complia
of technspecifications.
Enforce housekeeping
and site safety by the
contractor.
Ensure quality and
safety.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 20/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-6
Approve training
programmes for
construction supervision
and quality control
personnel on QC/QA
aspects.
Conduct regular progress
& quality review meetings
with contractor.
Acquaint fully with
testing procedures
and standards.
Filling of OK
Cards and
presenting to
construction
staff.
Ensure that QC labs aremanned by competent
personnel well versed in
conducting tests on inputs
/ outputs and that the
tests are reliable.
Involve Geologist &
Geotechnical
instrumentation expert on
geo- technical aspects /
problems.
Communicationand feed back of
deficient quality
work be very
prompt, work be
stopped, if
necessary and
construction team
informed about
violation of
specified
procedures bycontractor.
Planning anddeployment of
construction
materials, plant
and equipment
consistent with
progress, safety
& quality.
Ensure regular payment
to the contractor for
works done.
Ensure preparation of “Asbuilt drawings” as thework proceeds.
Fulfilling
contract
commitments
competently and
faithfully;
performing on
schedule.Arrange conducting of
quality audit of project
works periodically
through an Internal Audit
team.
Encourage contractor to
get his nucleolus
personnel also trained on
QC/QA aspects.
Compile quality
control data on
continuing basis
preferably
computerized.
Implementation
of change orders.
Constructing
project facilities
as specified by
contract
document.
Maintain video graphic &
photographic record of
works.
Use Control charts
as dynamic tools to
monitor QC of
works as well asmaterials like
cement/ concrete/
steel/ mortar etc.
Avoid conflicts.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 21/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-7
Have close liaison
with construction
team and
contractor on
QC/QA aspects.
Inducting
experienced
supervisory
personnel
construction.
Initiate action for ISO
9001:2000 certification &formulation of Quality
Policy of HPPCL.
Keep abreast with
improved quality
control
procedures, state-
of-the-art
equipments &
techniques for
possible
deployment.
For setting up the framework of QA/QC system, the key roles of different groups are give
under: -
Key Roles of Design Group
Furnish construction drawings/approval of designs & drawings and related adequateunambiguous inputs well in time and as per L2 schedule.
Provide prompt advice on design and design related quality aspects.
Review, validate, approve and verify job-specific technical specifications and acceptancriteria.
Inspect works regularly to ensure proper implementation of design philosophy and qualrelated aspects in construction.
Provide guidance to project teams on technical elements of contracts and change orders.
Review adequacy of contractor’s infrastructure, job facilities and construction pldeployment in achieving quality construction.
Maintain close liaison with Geologists, experts and Consultants for solutions to construct
stage problems after proper documented reference from field units.
Systematic reviews and verifications/validations to ensure that the resulting productcapable of meeting the requirements of specified application or intended use.
Key Roles of QC/QA Group at the project
Develop the project QA including policy statement and quality objectives based on inp from the construction group.
Perform regular inspections and surveillances to verify compliance to QA requirements.
Analyze all general and special quality objectives defined in the contract.
Establish acceptance criteria.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 22/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-8
Prepare, coordinate, evaluate and document all aspects of QA system as required by thespecifications.
Recommend & participate in the selection of material testing laboratories.
Advice construction group accept or reject material and evaluate workmanship.
Evaluate test/inspection data and formulate proposals for corrections and/or improvements.
Review the internal QA programmes and quality of work of the contractors, suppliers and
material testing labs as the construction work progresses. Prepare QA manual.
Key Roles of Quality Assurance Group in contractual situations
Pre-bid stage: Identification of quality system requirement tests & inspection requirements
including QA practices, national & international standards etc. and subsequently theirinclusion in the bid documents.
Post-bid stage: Review of technical bids with respect to QA requirements, inspection and
testing requirements etc & inform the contract group regarding clarifications to be sought from the bidders in case of any such need.
Post-Contract Award stage: Review of contractor’s agreed quality plans with respect to
specification requirements/national & international code requirements/good engineering practices etc.
Key Roles of Construction Group
Approve sources of supply of materials in consultation with the QA/QC group.
Get materials tested and to approve or reject the same.
Supervise workmanship and inspect work in progress.
Identify and resolve quality problems jointly with QA/QC group.
Key Roles & Obligations of the contractor
Entire responsibility of adopting the correct construction procedures.
Selection of proper materials.
Employment of experienced and knowledgeable personnel. Operation of the plant & equipment to produce the works and satisfying the standards
regarding quality.
Provide satisfactory sampling and test facilities and labour for easy and quick collection ofadequate quantity or representative test samples.
1.3 QUALITY- CONTROL MANUAL
Quality Control Manual is a very important constituent of the quality management
system. It is a document encompassing specific requirement, which if fulfilled, shall help in
effectively implementing the quality control system to achieve the objective of good
construction quality.
It covers broadly, the objectives, functions and operations of the QC organization;duties and responsibilities of QC personnel; QC laboratory system; OK cards; monitoring
through Control Charts; control on materials and workmanship; tests on materials; important
specifications; quality audit & quality improvement; standards to be adopted for materials
and works; frequency of testing and reporting; compilation of QC data and statistical analysis,
documentation, feed-back, inspections etc. All these aspects are covered in subsequent
chapters.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 23/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-9
This Quality Manual covers the aspects of QA & QC in Project construction for: -
Use of cement and cement concrete.
Erection and commissioning of Hydro Mechanical works.
1.4 CONFIGURATION OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The primary concern of HPPCL is to offer the quality of its products and services so as to
Meet a well defined need & purpose.
Satisfy end-user’s expectations.
Comply with applicable standards & specifications.
Comply with statutory & other requirements of society.
Be made available at competitive prices.
Provide at a cost which will yield a profit.
An effective quality management system designed will satisfy end-users’ needs aexpectations while serving to protect organization’s interests.
The configuration of a well structured quality system is depicted as below: -
Dotted lines shows Feedback loop for QC/QA
Quality in construction must be achieved by all the groups involved through the step
required in the entire spectrum of construction.
In the above configuration, inspection and product control shown under the contrac
relates to workmanship as well as plant, machinery and construction equipment.
HPPCL Internal Quality Audit Team
Construction
Group
Corporate
QA/QC Group
Design
Group
Contractor
Organizes for Quality
in Construction
Inspection
Product
Control
Site A C Unit
Inspection Inspection Testing
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 24/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-10
1.5 Definitions
Quality: - The totality of the features and characteristics of a Product or service that bear onits quality to satisfy stated or implied needs.
Quality Policy: - The overall quality intentions and direction of an organization as regardsquality as formally expressed by the top Management.
Quality Management : - Important aspects of the overall Management function thatdetermines and implements the quality policy.
Quality Assurance: - All those planned and systematic actions necessary to provideadequate confidence that a product or service will satisfy for given requirements of quality.
Quality Control: - The operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfilrequirements for quality.
Quality System: - The organizational structure, responsibilities, procedures, processes andresources for implementing Quality Management.
Quality Plan: - A document setting out the specific quality practices, resources and sequenceof activities relevant to particular product, services or Project.
Quality Surveillance: - The continuing monitoring and verification of the status of
procedures, methods, conditions, processes, products and services and analysis of record inrelation to stated references to endure that specified requirement for quality are being met.
Quality System Review: - A formal evaluation by top Management of the status andadequacy of the quality system in relation to quality policy and new objectives resulting fromchanging circumstances.
Inspection: - Activities such as measuring, examining, testing, gauging one or morecharacteristics of a product or service and comparing these with specified requirements todetermine conformity.
Concessions: Waiver: - Written authorization to use or release a quantity of material,component or stores already produced but which do not confirm to the specifiedrequirements.
Production Permit : Deviation Permit : - Written authorization, prior to production orbefore provision of a service to depart from specified requirements for a specified quantity or
for a specified time.
Reliability: - The ability of an item to perform a required function under set of conditions forstated period of time.
Specification: - The document that prescribes the requirement with which the product orservice to confirm.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 25/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-11
CHAPTER-II
ORGANIZATIONAL SETUP
2.1 Quality control unit formation
I. The personnel connected with quality control assignments must possess the relev
expertise and competence to perform specific tasks connected with quality control wor
and should be well conversant with testing of construction materials. The objective
quality control should be clearly understood by them in letter and spirit so as to help
quality construction and to achieve high order of quality as laid down in specifications
controlling various factors responsible for deterioration in quality, investigating reaso
there for and suggesting ways and means for improvement.
II. Quality Assurance organization both at corporate and project level should be structured
systemize all the activities during the various stages of design, engineering, constructi
procurement, manufacture, assembly, erection and commissioning so as to ensure th
quality and reliability are built in all systems of construction, materials and equipments.
III. Job Analysis
For hydro power projects, number of tasks is to be carried out for QA and QC. The tasks a
basically grouped as under: -
1. Testing i) Physical
ii) Chemical
2. Inspection i) Workmanship
ii) Plant & Machinery 3. Documentation i) Input Data ii) Test Results iii) Report/Record Up-Keeping
4. Evaluation & Review i) Testing
ii) Inspection
IV. Manpower Planning
Identifying the work to be performed in each task provides the basis for manpow
planning. Based on the forecasts in respect of demand and supply, the manpower plan sho
be prepared for each project and ensure adequacy of availability of human resources. Tplan should set out;
The number and types of personnel required and when they are needed.
Availability problems and how they can be overcome.
Strategy governing identifying suitable personnel and placement in QA/
programme.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 26/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-12
To achieve proper and independent quality, the Quality Control formation in HPPCL
should consist of:
1. At Corporate Level:
An independent QC unit headed by GM (QC/QC) at Sundernagar under the control of Director
(Civil). Testing lab at Naulakha, Sundernagar desi gnated as “ Main Centre Lab” will functionunder the control of GM (QA/QC) and will be well equipped with all necessary apparatus forcarrying out preliminary as well as special Quality Control Tests.
The GM (QA/QC) at Sundernagar shall have two or three Sr. Managers (E6 level), in chargeof Quality Control of construction activities of various projects.
Each Sr. Manager shall have two Engineers each (E1 to E5 level) to look after the work.
2. At Project Level:
Every Project shall have a separate QC unit headed by DGM/Sr. Manager (E7/E6) who shallreport to HoP/GM (Project) and GM (QA/QC), Sundernagar for the purpose of effective
Quality Control.The jurisdiction at the project site shall be sub divided in a number of units and each unit isto be put under the charge of an Engineer (E1/E6 level). DGM/Sr. Manager (QC) shall makeall arrangements for demarcating the areas of operation of every quality control staff andissue a duty chart for each member after approval from the GM (Project).
Central Field Laboratory will be situated at important nodal point which shall cover all the
adjoining works and will be under Sr. Manager (QC). Site laboratories as per requirement in
the field shall be maintained by concerned site in charge (Construction) and also utilized by
the Engineers (QC) for carrying out necessary tests.
V. One of the fundamental principles to be understood and kept in mind is that the overallresponsibility for achieving construction quality in each project rests with the execution
unit and the construction staff shall be fully responsible for quality of work. Requisite
assistance is to be provided by the QC Staff for ensuring construction quality.
2.2 Functions of Quality Control Units
The main function of QC unit is to have independent checking and control of works. Since
the works in the projects are of scattered nature, the quality control units can not exercise
concurrent quality control, but it has to be so planned that these units act in such a manner
that necessary quality control requirements are fulfilled jointly with the execution staff.
It will be the responsibility of quality control staff to ensure that all-requisite tests as per
IS/relevant standards and specifications are carried out at site/field or laboratories. The
quality control units will carry out periodic inspections of works and conduct field tests so
that any deficiencies found in the execution of works are properly brought to the notice of
concerned authorities and execution staff for taking corrective measures.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 27/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-13
The various levels of QC/QA personnel in lab system can be categorized as: -
Operational
Supervisory
Middle Executive
Executive
Management
The broad indications of functions and responsibilities of quality control units at ea
level are given as under, which may be supplemented by issue of any further detai
instructions by Director (Civil) and/or GM (QC)/HoP, from time to time, as required for
project-specific.
Operational level:
Collecting/receiving samples, recording sample particulars, preparation of test sampl
carrying out tests and recording of test data.
They will generally carry out routine testing and will be responsible for ensuriappropriate operational condition for the equipment and instruments.
Supervisory level:
Overseeing and ensuring that routine tests are carried out as per prescribed standar
carrying out tests requiring special skills, proper maintenance of test records & preparation
test reports including analysis of results and stating conclusions.
Middle executive:
Receive test results, check accuracy, validity & timeliness of testing schedule, certifying t
accuracy of test results, process data as required by the management, safe custody
documents, ensuring maintenance and calibration of testing equipment, planning t
programme of work and assigning duties to operative & supervisory levels.
Executive level:
Overall charge of QC/QA communication in vertical and horizontal levels, organizi
documentation, assigning data analysis for documentation, coordinating with cent
laboratory and other parallel laboratories, personnel development of staff including train
needs, indexing & standardization of records, preparation of management information
reports, sorting out data for archival purposes, ensure computerization & maintenance
short term & long term records.
Management level:
Ensure that the objectives of QC/QA are fully served at other four levels, interact with t
construction wing and the contractors on QC aspects particularly when quality problems a
not satisfactorily resolved and to monitor the QC/QA organization for its effectiveness.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 28/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-14
The above personnel pattern is stated in general functional term, the following points
shall, however need to be given particular attention: -
The QC units should monitor that all the required tests are carried out before start of work aswell as during and after execution. At least 10% tests are to be conducted by the qualitycontrol units for reliability of the results and counter checking.
The QC units should ensure that all arrangements for carrying out routine field tests in the field laboratories are duly made including provisions and up-keep of equipments, personneletc. and record of these field tests in prescribed formats are maintained. They should checkthis record and also sign in the relevant registers in token of their inspection. They shouldconduct field tests whenever they visit site of construction work and record results of suchtests in the registers maintained for the purpose.
The QC unit is empowered to take independent inspection/supervision to identify quality problems and to recommend appropriate solutions/corrective measures toHoP/Construction Wing to pass the necessary instruction to the Contractor for its properimplementation.
Inspection book should be maintained at site wherein remarks should be recorded by quality
control staff whenever they visit the particular site and the same should be noted forcompliance by the construction unit. They should specifically record any deficiency observedto bring the same to the notice of appropriate authority through remarks in the inspectionbook or inspection note. The execution staff shall ensure compliance of such deficiency andintimate to the concerned officer of Quality Control Unit.
The GM (QC) shall ensure at least one test check quarterly of all the works costing more than
` 100lacs. This does not preclude him for conducting more than one test check of any
important work for which frequent checking is to be carried out.
The test checks shall be thorough to ensure the quality of work and shall include but not
limited to: -
Tunnel/Cavern excavation and support elements including Geotechnical instrumentation performance monitoring.
Observation of densities and moisture contents of earthwork.
Fineness modulus of sand, grading of sand and coarse aggregates.
Checking of mix-design and water-cement ratio for concrete.
Checking of concrete lining work/steel liner work/masonry work.
Safety measures.
Any other requisite test checks for project-specific.
2.3 Training Requirements
The human resources development plan will include programme for training and re-
training the QC/QA employees for improving their performance in their present position or
preparation for future positions.
The plan will also cover training of fresh entrants in QC/QA units.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 29/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-15
The plan for training-needs should include: -
Overview of quality assurance and quality control in projects.
Conceptualization of activities that will meet needs.
Identify personnel for training & organize in-house training.
Identify existing training centres with appropriate programme and reputation for effect
training.
Liaise with training institutions and monitor the activity.
Coverage for evaluation and feedback.
An outline on the contents of training requirements related to QC/QA in concr
construction, designed to suit the officials at operational and supervisory level, is given
under;
A.
General
Purpose of training.
Background of QC/QA.
Importance of testing.
Care of equipment.
Certification.
Calibration.
Standards and references.
Documentation and communication.
B.
Materials
Cement and its properties.
Aggregate and its properties.
Admixtures for concrete.
Properties of fresh concrete.
Properties of hardened concrete.
Tests on cement, aggregates and concrete.
Steel.
C.
Concrete Testing
Fundamentals of concrete and concrete materials.
Field tests.
Sampling.
Slump. Moulding and initial curing cylinders.
Measuring air and concrete temperatures. Air content.
Unit weight. Handling and transporting cylinders.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 30/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-16
Laboratory tests.
1.
Cement
Physical characteristics. Chemical characteristics.
2.
Aggregates – Coarse and Fine
Unit weight (dry moulded or loose). Sieve analysis (including fineness modulus).
Specific gravity and absorption. Moisture content (including Chapman flask).
3. Concrete Cylinders/Cubes
Curing (standard and field curing).
Weighing, measuring, capping and testing.
D.
Inspection
Aggregate crushing plant Overall inspection i/c stacked material in bins.
Batching Plant (i/c Ice
Plant)
i) Monitor batching & mixing.
ii) Aggregates, Cement, Water, Admixture.
Project i) Monitor conveying concrete to forms (direct discharge,
bucket, buggy, pump etc.).
ii) Observe formwork constructions and placing of
Reinforcement.
iii) Observe curing and protection.
E.
Workmanship
Batching, mixing and transportation of concrete.
Placing, compaction and finishing of concrete.
Curing of concrete.
Inspection of machinery and equipment.
Tracking of non-conforming items.
F. Information System and Documentation
Data records, results and reports.
Communication systems.Decisions and controls.
Custody of documents.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 31/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-17
CHAPTER-III
TESTING LABORATORIES & THEIR FUNCTIONS
3.1 Objectives
The Laboratory system, in addition to evaluate and monitor the inputs and outpu
would also evaluate and monitor the workmanship as well as construction plamachinery and equipment. This would, thus be a testing as well as inspection system
The quality of output i.e. the concrete/shotcrete in place will be accomplished main
by in- situ and laboratory testing.
The main objective of the laboratory system is to provide reliable and accurate testi
support and competent inspection to aid QA/QC.
Reliability and accuracy of results of material-testing will depend upon the followi
parameters.
Abilities of the testing personnel
Quality of reagents and materials used Accuracy of the apparatus and equipment
Maintenance of special environmental conditions for the material tested.
Environment in which the tests are to be conducted.
Strict controls are required to be adopted to obtain the true value with respect
these four parameters. The following guidelines need to be followed for this purpose
a) The laboratory shall operate as an internal quality assurance programme.b) Measuring and testing equipment used in the laboratories/field shall be calibrated bef
being put into service and thereafter at regular pre-set intervals.c)
The environmental conditions in which the tests are undertaken shall be maintained per those specified in the relevant standards.
3.2 Laboratory Quality systemThe laboratory system shall operate an Internal Quality Assurance Programm
(IQAP) to the type, range and volume of work performed.
IQAP shall be documented in a manual which should be available for use by t
laboratory staff. This quality manual shall contain information regarding.
a)
The structure of the lab.b) Operational & financial duties and services pertaining to quality so that each member
the staff knows the extent and limits of his responsibility.c) General quality assurance procedures.d)
Quality assurance procedure specified for each test, as appropriate.
e)
Satisfactory arrangements for feedback and corrective action whenever testdiscrepancies are detected.
f) Procedure for dealing with technical complaints.
The laboratory quality system shall be systematically and periodically reviewed a
competent level to ensure continued effectiveness of the arrangements and correct
action initiated. Such reviews shall be recorded together with details of any correct
action taken.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 32/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-18
3.3Set-up of laboratories
Main Central Laboratory at Sundernagar
The functions of this QA/QC unit shall be broadly as follows;
Ensure strict implementation of QA/QC programmes on all projects under execution.
Keep close liaison with project QA and construction teams. Compile quality control data for each project on continuing basis.
Arrange conducting of quality audit of various projects periodically through the quality audit group.
Acquaint fully with contract documents & technical specifications as well as testing procedures and standards.
Establish and suggest project quality improvements from time to time.
Identify training needs of QA / QC staff of HPPCL.
Arrange conducting of sampling and testing of inputs and outputs in the Main Central Lab at
Sundernagar.
Updating of Main Central Lab with the state-of-the-art equipment from time to time.
Any other related task assigned by Director (Civil).
Each HPPCL hydro power project should have laboratories (level-wise) during
construction, as under: -
a)
Central field laboratory (level-1).b) Site laboratory for diversion & intake structures, de-sanding arrangement & HRT (level- 2).c) Site laboratory for Power House & TRT, Surge Shaft, Pressure Shaft / Penstocks (level-2).d) Testing units for Batching & Mixing plants and adits (level-3 including mobile units).
A typical hierarchy of laboratory system is given below: -
TYPICAL HEIRECHY CHART FOR LABORATORIES
CENTRAL LABORATORY
*Field Testing Units for Batching, Mixing, Screening & Crushing plants, Adits etc. (Level-3)
Site Lab for Diversion &
ntake, Desanding & HRT
Site Lab for
PH, TRT, SS &
Level-2 Level-2
*UNIT-I *UNIT-I *UNIT-I *UNIT-I
Level-1
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 33/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-19
3.4Functions of Central Field Laboratory (Level-1)
The central laboratory will be a well-equipped testing laboratory at the project site wh
will be equipped with all necessary apparatus for carrying out preliminary tests a
quality control tests on various construction materials. It shall be called level-1 laborat
for the entire project.
The role of this central laboratory would essentially be a coordinating and referlaboratory as well as laboratory for special tests & studies.
The central laboratory will be so located as to enable close co-operation with the site
site laboratories.
The functions of central laboratory shall be as under: -
Coordinate the management and quality systems and take all steps to ensure accuraand reliability of testing in all laboratories.
To document an internal QA programme within the laboratories to assure the validitythe reported results.
Organize inter-laboratory proficiency tests, and ensure timely calibration of testi
equipment. Interact with outside laboratories for tests to be conducted outside the project laborat
system. Design the concrete mix including review of mixes and conducting trial batch mix
proportioning shotcrete mixes; and selection & dosing of admixtures and additives. Investigate all failures and carry out diagnostic tests. To be proficient to carry out all the tests those are conducted in all level-2 & leve
laboratories and ensuring reliability & accuracy of level-2 & 3 lab tests. Undertake all those tests including *special tests which are not covered by level-2 a
level-3 laboratories.
*The special tests shall include but not limited to the following: -
Optical microscopy of samples.
Non-destructive testing / evaluation of concrete.
Tests including core testing, thermal diffusivity of materials, creep, shrinkage, modulus
elasticity, rock mechanics testing & permeability tests etc.
Ultrasonic pulse velocity & rebound hammer tests.
Inspection and testing of pre-stressing, grouting, deflections and related operations.
Installation of testing instruments in the structures, maintenance, recording
readings and analysis of data. Load testing of structures where required.
Inspection of trend reports and statistical analysis of data.
Identify and arrange archival needs of materials.
Identify and organize training needs for Quality control.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 34/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-20
3.5Functions of site laboratories (Level-2)
The level-2 site laboratories as indicated in the hierarchy chart under 3.3 above shall be
responsible for the following functions: -
To be proficient to conduct all tests that are identified to be carried out by the respective fieldtesting units (Level-3) as described in 3.6 hereinafter.
To perform the testing and inspection necessary for the level of the QA programme requiredas per specifications.
Carry out tests on concrete producing materials like cement, aggregates, water, ice,admixtures, curing compounds, reinforcements etc. at required frequency and as persampling plan.
Design the concrete mix including review of mixes and conducting trial batch mixes; proportioning shotcrete mixes; and selection & dosing of admixtures and additives.
Monitor batching, mixing, transportation, placing and compaction operations.
Inspection of workmanship in concrete constructions including joint preparations.
Monitor compliance of quality trends and point out instances of non-compliance for effecting
necessary corrective measures.
Conduct compressive strength tests of site concrete on cylinder/cubes specimens.
Conduct accelerated strength tests on concrete.
Conduct tests for analysis of fresh and hardened concrete as well as shotcrete mixes.
Conduct tests for in-situ evaluation of efficacy of curing compounds.
Carry out statistical analysis of data, and document the trend reports.
Provide all testing report-results in time.
3.6Functions of field testing units including Mobile units (Level-3)
These laboratories are to carry out daily routine tests on soils, filter materials, ingredients
of concrete and mortar of the samples collected by the construction staff and report theresults to the concerned quality control unit in the prescribed Performa pertaining to
following tests & inspections:
A. SOILS & EARTH WORK
Density, moisture content and compaction efficiency.
Sieve analysis.
Proctor density & OMC.
Atterberg’s limits.
Specific gravity.
B.
SAND (Quarry site and sand mill plant)
Gradation analysis, silt content and Fineness Modulus.
Bulk age.
Organic impurities through “Quick Color test” .
Moisture contents.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 35/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-21
C.
CEMENT
Setting time by vicat needle test.
Strength of cement.
Casting of cubes for strength.
Fineness by Sieve.
Heat of Hydration
D.
COARSE AGGREGATE (Quarry site and sand mill plant).
Grading and Moisture contents.
Physical Properties.
Specific gravity.
Impact Value, Soundness, Crushing Value, Flakiness.
E. CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING PLANT
Caliberation of batching plant.
Checking dispensing/feeding system.
F. FRESH CONCRETE & MORTAR
Mix proportion, measurement of temperature variation in mass concrete due to heathydration through placing temperature sensors, casting of concrete/mortar, cylinders/cu
for compressive strength and density.
Slump test.
Water cement ratio, unit weight & slump test for workability.
Physical properties of ingredients & silt content of sand.
Casting of concrete & mortar cube/cylinder specimens at recommended frequency fstrength tests.
Compressive strength & density tests of concrete & mortar prior to placement aimmediately after initial set.
Mix Proportions.
Consistency for placement of concrete.
Measurement of temperatures of concrete and air at mixing plant as well as placing site.
Determination of air content in concrete at mixer as well as the worksite.
For concrete and masonry, the strength of concrete and mortar has to be as specified
the specifications.
Laboratory has to design the proportions of different ingredients through tests for
specified strength. The proportioning shall be done by weight. It should be co-related wvolume for volumetric batching of concrete where quantity of concrete to be placed is of sm
magnitude. Volume batching may be allowed where weight batching is not practical a
accurate bulk densities of materials to be actually used in concrete have been established.
Allowance for bulking shall be made in accordance with relevant IS. The mass-volu
relationship shall be checked at periodical frequency to ensure that specified grading
maintained.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 36/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-22
When controlled concrete is specified, it is essential that mix is to be designed in the lab.
Since the strength of cement varies from batch to batch in a cement factory itself, it is
essential that a relation between strength of cement versus strength of concrete may be
worked out in the lab, well in advance of the commencement of work. This would facilitate in
furnishing proper proportion of the mix for adopting in the field and also it entails adding or
reducing cement content based on the strength of the cement.
G.
BOULDER SAMPLE
Water absorption.
Dimensions.
Physical properties including weathering etc.
Specific gravity, impact value, soundness.
H.
BRICKS
Dimensions & physical properties including water absorption.
I. STEEL SAMPLES
Physical and chemical properties.
J.
HARDENED CONCRETE SAMPLE
Strength and Ingredient Proportion verification.
K.
SHOTCRETE
Mix proportion
Water cement ratio & unit weight.
Physical properties of ingredients & silt content of sand.
Slump test, temperature measurement & subsequent casting of panels & cutting core/beamspecimens at recommended frequency for compressive/flexural strength.
Rebound tests (Total rebound/fiber rebound for SFRS).
L.
ADMIXTURES/ADDITIVE SAMPLES
Physical and chemical properties
Record of daily activities/tests will be maintained at site in the registers such as: -
Inspection Register.
Density Register.
Registers for sieve analysis of coarse & fine aggregates.
Cement Consumption Register. Slump Test Register for concrete.
Registers for compressive strengths of cement, concrete & mortar. Daily progress register- progress to be compared with consumption of various
ingredients including cement. Daily weather registers including temperature and relative humidity of work sites.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 37/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-23
3.7Improved devices for quality control
It should be planned to introduce improved devices for achieving speedy and efficient quacontrol.
Monitoring the characteristics of fresh concrete is important from the point of view of quacontrol. The 28-day strength of concrete is the criteria for acceptance and is the basisquality evaluation but we have to wait for 28 days to get the results of compressive streng
of concrete cubes/cylinders. Even the accelerated compressive strength tests taconsiderable time.
Portable electronic devices, commercially available now, have made it possible for rapid osite measurements of slump, temperature, water-cement ratio (the most important facinfluencing the strength of concrete) and the likely 28-day strength of fresh concrete mixSoftware supplied with the electronic unit also prod uces ‘quality control certificates’ ba
on the measurements taken by this electronic unit. This evidence of the properties of concr gives the site QC/QA Engineer, the confidence to accept or, if necessary, reject the concrmix before it is placed.
Central Field laboratory should be equipped with such a portable electronic unit w
software. On embankment construction and compacted earth fill placement, it should be planned
procure an engineering device of the type “Nuclear Gage” to enable much more rapid aeconomic compaction and quality control than the conventional methods, without any lossaccuracy. Such a device is capable of quickly computing and displaying wet density, moistcontent, dry density, and percentage of compaction in terms of Proctor density.
The central Field laboratory should be equipped with such Nuclear Gage Devices.
3.8Scope of inspection and testing facilities:
These are illustrated as under, in general: -
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 38/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-24
CHAPTER-IV
DUTIES & CONTROL OF LABORATORIES
4.1 Duties of in-charge of laboratory: -
To ensure proper up-keep and maintenance of all laboratory equipment in the
laboratory.To ensure proper up-keep of records of all samples being tested in the laboratory as per prescribed norms and communication of the results to the concerned.
To supervise the testing works in the laboratory and to personally check the tests to theextent of minimum 25%.
To prepare fortnightly review of all the test results and submittals to the concernedQuality Control & Construction units.
To get conducted the research work (as may be assigned) with the assistance of ResearchOfficers.
To ensure that the construction staff sends the material samples to the lab much inadvance as the Central laboratory & the site/field laboratories have to conduct tests for
the suitability of materials well in advance of the actual execution of work.
4.2 Duties of Assistant engineers/Assistant research officers/research assistants
(laboratory): -
They shall perform important tests as mentioned below: -
A.
CEMENT
Fineness by Blains.
Normal Consistency. Setting time.
Soundness.
Specific gravity. Compressive strength.
Adulteration test.
B.
SAND
Sieve Analysis & Fineness modulus. Test for organic impurities in silt & clay.
Decantation test for silt. Specific gravity.
Unit weight and bulkage factor.
C. COARSE AGGREGATE
Sieve Analysis and gradation. Specific gravity.
Water absorption. Examination of deleterious materials.
Crushing strength.
Impact.
Abrasion.
Flakiness index.
Alkali Silicate reactivity.
D.
CONCRETE
Consistency: slump or compaction factor. Compressive strength.
Air content.
Yield per unit quantity of cement.
Mix design tests.
Cement content.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 39/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-25
E.
MORTAR
Consistency. Compressive Strength.
Yield per unit quantity of cement. Cement Content.
F.
SOILS
Gradation (Grain size analysis).
Consistency limits.
Porosity & Void ratio.
Specific gravity.
Swell pressure.
4.3 Duties of laboratory technicians/junior research assistants.
Assist Assistant engineers/Research officers in the laboratory.
Perform tests in the laboratory such as: -
Compaction tests. Limit tests.
Analysis of fine & coarse aggregates. Silt in fine aggregate.
Slump test.
Collection of samples of concrete and mortars for filling moulds for compaction test.
4.4 Duties of laboratory attendants.
Keep instruments clean.
Assist AEs & laboratory technicians in conducting tests.
Prepare samples for test.
Arrange samples systematically.
4.5 Control of test equipment for inspection, testing and measuring.
The identification, calibration, and adjustment of all test equipment and devices requir
for inspection and measuring will be done at prescribed intervals against certif
equipment having a known valid relationship to nationally recognized standards.
The equipment will be capable of controlling the delivery of material for weighing so th
inaccuracies in feeding and measuring during normal operation will not exceed 1% water and 3% for all aggregates.
Periodical tests will be made at least once in a month in case of equipment for measur
water, cement, admixtures, sand and coarse aggregate. Other measuring equipments w
be tested once in a year unless some defects are noticed earlier, in which case these will
attended immediately.
Documents will be established and calibration procedures will be maintained with
following details: -
Equipment type. Identification number. Location. Frequency of checks. Check method. Acceptance criteria.
Action shall be taken for unsatisfactory results to ensure that the inspection, measuri
and test equipment are capable of giving the required accuracy and precision.
4.6 Duties of field engineers in relation to quality of works:
The duties listed below have been indicated broadly. Other jobs assigned in relation
quality control shall also be ensured during execution of work.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 40/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-26
Sr. No. CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER QUALITY CONTROL ENGINEER
1. Shall ensure that: -
i) The layouts/mark outs/setting out/
alignments of the area to be tackled,
on the ground or underground, areproperly given.
ii) Profiles, lines, grades, dimensions,
probe holes, support elements,
shotcrete, drainage, ventilation,
lighting, shuttering, centring,
concreting, lining, reinforcement etc.
are provided as per drawings and
technical specifications.
iii) The Pre levels/foundation levels
are recorded, and mark-out for
excavation is perfectly given as perdrawings.
iv) All safety measures as per
specifications are provided strictly.
Shall check: -
i) All the layouts/mark outs/setting out/
alignments as well as check that the
profiles, lines, grades, dimensions, probeholes, support elements, shotcrete,
drainage, ventilation, lighting, shuttering,
centring, concreting, lining, reinforcement
etc. are being provided as per drawings and
technical specifications.
ii) Shall check that all safety precautions as
per relevant Safety Manual and other
related provisions are being adhered to.
iii) To inform the Construction Engineer to
rectify the defects & deficiencies, if any.
2. Shall ensure that adequate
construction equipment like dozers,
dumpers, tippers, boomers, loaders,
gentries, mixers, vibrators,
compaction equipment and
arrangements for curing/dewatering
are arranged before commencementof any work.
Shall check the adequacy of all the
construction equipment and
curing/dewatering arrangements before
start of work as well as during execution.
3. Shall ensure that sufficient quantities
of input materials as per agreement/
specifications are made available at
site of work and arrange testing
equipment, men and material required
for conducting field tests, sending
samples of input materials for testing
to central lab and field laboratories as
per norms.
Shall conduct/get conducted by different
laboratories the field tests on input
materials as per norms and record the
results, as prescribed, and inform the
construction engineer to rectify the defects,
if any.
4. Shall write OK Cards after the area is
ready for commencement of the work
and inform the Quality Control
engineer and seek his consent on the
OK Card to start the work.
Shall check and write the OK card and
record the deviations/defects, if any or
otherwise record the final OK and inform
the Sr. Manager (QC) permitting
commencement of the work.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 41/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-27
5. Shall ensure adequate care during
underground excavation relating to
drilling & blasting operations,
ventilation, lighting, drainage, fire
fighting, communication & access etc.
as specified.
Shall supervise and ensure that theexcavated muck is dumped and duly
protected in the specified dumping
areas complying with the norms of
Pollution Control Board/other
regulations in force.
Shall make regular checks relating to ca
being taken during underground excavat
& proper muck disposal and inform t
construction engineer to take prevent
measures in case discrepancies are notice
6. Ensure that correct quantities of input
materials as per mix design, finalized
in the testing laboratory are fed into
the mixers/batching plants and also
ensure specified mixing time.
Shall check the feeding of input materi
and the mixing time and suggest t
quantity of water depending on
moisture content of sand, as and wh
required.
7. Shall ensure proper vibration,compaction, rolling, construction
joints, curing of concrete etc, during
execution of day to day work. Also
provide men and materials required
for extracting samples of finished
product for quality control personal.
Shall conduct Density tests of earth wogradation of material, slump test, core d
test and extract field samples of materi
and finished products to be sent to differ
laboratories for testing.
8. Shall ensure proper curing of samples
extracted till the curing time is over
and to make arrangements to send the
samples to testing lab.
Shall help the construction engineer
proper handling / transport of samples
the lab.
9. Shall ensure timely green cutting ofconcrete with proper air-water gun;
nicking & chipping (wherever so
warranted) so as to prepare the
surface for next concrete lift for
effective bend at the lift / construction
joints.
Shall check that the preparation of tsurface is adequately done for starting t
next lift.
10. Shall ensure proper curing/watering
and allow removal of shuttering only
after the time prescribed in the
specifications and see that the
surfaces are finished to the plumb/straight lines etc. after removal of
shuttering.
Shall check the adequacy of curin
watering and that the final surfaces
finished neatly to the plumb / straight lin
etc.
11. Shall maintain mark-out register, OK
Card files, Load register, Daily
progress register, Inspection register,
Cement consumption register etc.
Shall maintain registers of all the field te
conducted.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 42/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-28
Sr. No. DGM/SENIOR MANAGER
CONSTRUCTION
SENIOR MANAGER
QUALITY CONTROL
1. Shall supervise, check, advice and
instruct his subordinate construction
engineers regarding discharge of their
functions properly.
Shall supervise, check, advice and instruct
his subordinate quality control engineers
regarding discharge of their functions
properly.
2. Shall intimate the Senior Manager(QC) regarding signing of agreement
for starting of any work and supply
copies of all contract documents,
drawings, specifications, construction
programme etc.
Shall maintain copies of approved designs,reports, contract documents, drawings,
specifications, construction programme,
extracts of inspection notes etc. and shall
see that his subordinates go through these
documents.
3. Shall ensure that all ingredients of
concrete, shotcrete, masonry etc. have
been got tested before use. Shall see
that the soils are tested for various
properties like OMC, MDD etc. before
starting of foundation & embankmentwork.
Shall verify that test results are available
before starting of any work and also during
execution of the work.
4. Shall ensure that all the machinery/
equipment/devices/instruments
being used by the contractors are got
periodically calibrated.
Shall reassure the upkeep and calibration of
equipment.
5. Shall ensure that OK Cards are
written/ authenticated and kept at site
of work before starting of any work.
Ensure rectification of work before
releasing payments.
Shall inspect and sign the OK Cards during
field visits. Shall point out defects in
construction and suggest remedies for
achieving good quality construction.
6. Shall order suspension of work if anydefects are noticed or reported by
Quality Control department and
resume the work only after
rectification of defects in the presence
of Quality Control engineers.
Shall order stoppage of work if majordefects are noticed or reported by Quality
Control engineers and intimate his
construction counterpart to see that defects
are rectified immediately.
Also defects noted during construction are
to be reported to the GM (QC) & HoP.
7. Check invariably the foundations and
reinforcement, shuttering & cantering
etc. and support elements/liners in
tunnelling before starting the work.
Tally, invariably before starting the work,
the foundations and reinforcement,
shuttering, centring etc. and also the
support system & liners in tunnelling.
8. Shall personally see that the samplesare sent to the laboratories regularly,
obtain the results and communicate
the same to SM (QC).
Shall pursue and keep track of sending ofsamples to various laboratories and keep
record of results received.
9. Shall take the help of SM (QC)
whenever a dispute is referred.
Shall coordinate with the DGM
(Construction) and render assistance in
resolving the related issues.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 43/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-29
CHAPTER-V
CO-ORDINATIONS
5.1 General Co-ordination and Linear Responsibility Chart
It is essential that relationship between all the groups and between individuals in t
QC group is straight forward from functional point of view and clearly spelt out. Besides tduties of field engineers detailed in chapter IV, this chapter refers to the allocation
responsibilities in relation to tasks, rights & duties and comprehensive coverage
contractual specifications and job description.
It is prudent to spell out this inter-relationship in the form of a Linear Responsibi
Chart (LRC).
A typical LRC is depicted as under: -
Sr.
No.
Task Construction
Group
QA/QC
Group
Contrac
1. Identify activities affecting quality Δ Δ 2. Organize QA/QC programme ¥ ℗ ¥
3. Approve sources / suppliers of materials ℗ ¥ ¥
4. Procure materials for the project ℗
5. Procure other materials ℗
6. Inspection & testing of materials on receipt Δ Δ
7. Testing of materials ℗
8. Accept/Reject materials ℗ ¥
9. Arrange construction plant & machinery ℗
10. Arrange construction personnel ℗
11. Geological Mapping ℗ ¥12. Installation of rock supports Δ ℗
13. Fixation of level plates ℗ ¥
14. Clearance of surface preparation for placement ℗ ¥
15. Clearance of concrete for ready placement ℗ ¥
16. Carry out construction activities ℗
17. Supervise workmanship Δ Δ
18. Inspect work in progress Δ Δ
19. Identify quality deficiencies and initiate solutions ℗
20. Causing construction unit to stop work in
progress if not of quality and to restart work
Δ Δ
21. Carry out all tests during and after construction Δ ℗ 22. Monitor & evaluate quality trends ℗
23. Investigate failures ¥ ℗
24. Accept completed work as to quality ℗ ¥
Legends: -
Primary Responsibility - ℗, Joint Responsibility – Δ, Consultative Responsibility - ¥
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 44/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-30
The construction and quality control departments must act in tandem to achieve good
quality of the finished product and construction of the project components as per the
contract specifications.
Construction department should make it a point to inform the quality control unit, the
date of starting of any construction activity well in advance, to enable the quality
control engineers to schedule their work plan and attend to a particular work on a
particular date. In turn, the quality control engineers should schedule their programmeso as to attend to the work on the dates required by the construction engineers and
ensure that the progress of work is not hampered.
5.2 Defects & Deficiencies
The mistakes, defects & deficiencies noticed should be corrected forthwith without
undue loss of time. This calls for elaborate mechanism of site observations, reporting
and communication. Quality problems and appropriate solutions shall be identified by
the QA/QC group during the course of inspection and shall be brought to the notice of
the construction group there and then.
It is the primary responsibility of the quality QC/QA group to inform/ draw the
attention of the construction group whenever they notice defective work for itsrectification/appropriate action. The construction group shall convey the resultant
instructions to the contractor to attend to the rectification work immediately and
maintain proper specifications as pointed out by the QC/QA group.
5.3 Test checks & sub-standard work
Quality Control department will monitor that all the tests required as per contract
specifications/ IS Codes are carried out in various laboratories. They will also test
check to the extent of minimum 10% of the required tests [or as decided by GM/DGM
(QC) and co-relate with the other tests conducted in different laboratories.
All observations regarding sub-standard or below specification work will be duly
recorded by the quality control inspecting officer in the Inspection books kept at site.
Such substandard or below specification work should be got stopped/dismantled
immediately by the execution unit. The defects pointed out by the quality control unit
will be communicated to the execution unit for compliance immediately. The
compliance report should be sent by execution unit within ten days to the QC unit.
The Operations of the quality control engineers shall not interfere in any way, with the
executive powers vested with the construction engineers. They will also in no way
diminish the responsibility of the construction engineers who are primarily
responsible for the quality of execution and to carry out the works as per the technical
specifications. The quality control engineers shall only conduct random checks of input
materials, machinery & equipment, excavation support system, mixing time, placementof concrete, vibrations etc. It is the primary responsibility of the construction
engineers to ensure adequate supervision of execution all the time.
5.4 Difference of opinion
The difference of opinion, if any, between quality control engineers and construction
engineers should be sorted out by way of discussions in cordial atmosphere and
mutual trust as per the guide lines indicated below. In case it involves any design
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 45/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-31
related feature/aspect, the design unit should be duly consulted and the advice giv
by the designer should be considered favourably.
In case of difference of opinion between In-charge of construction and, (QC), it wobe referred to GM (construction) who would discuss the matter with GM (QC) asettle the issue.
In case there is a difference of opinion at GM level, the matter would be referred
Director (Civil) whose decision shall be final and binding. The construction and quality control departments shall keep a regular liaison w
the geologist and geotechnical expert in respect of all geotechnical aspects and entheir geological/geotechnical inputs on foundations of diversion structures includdams & barrages; deformations & stresses in tunnellicontact/consolidation/curtain grouting; rock/excavation slopes (stability of slope
protection measures; permeability/water loss tests, pattern of seepages etc. Tadvice rendered by the geologist/geotechnical expert should be discussed with designers and duly respected.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 46/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-32
CHAPTER - VI
QUALITY ASSURANCE AND INTERNAL QUALITY AUDIT
6.1 Quality Assurance records
All planned and systematic strategies and actions necessary to generate adequate
confidence that the inputs and the output product will satisfy the given requirements ofquality and that all the components of the project will perform satisfactorily during life
period of service, the quality checks including safety and construction control measures as
adopted and as analyzed during construction is a record which speaks of “QualityAssurance”. It comprises the planning aspects and policies, education and training,standards and specifications, contracts and agreements, and quality control procedures.
Quality assurance is to assume that the materials as per standards and as per the
requirements have gone into the production of concrete, earth, support system and other
engineering works besides the design and construction techniques adopted. Thus the
quality assurance is achieved by evaluating the quality checks made during construction
and compared with post construction tests performed.
6.2 Quality Audit
Quality Audit is a systematic and independent examination to determine whether quality
activities and related results comply with the planned arrangements and whether these
arrangements are implemented effectively and are suitable to achieve the objectives.
Quality Audit is considered to be an effective management tool to promote good quality
construction and workmanship. The main reason for quality audit is the extended span of
control faced by the project authorities wherein, QC/QA is one amongst many activities
and the operations are conducted from widespread locations.
There is also an apprehension that under the pressures for achieving the physical
progress, QC/QA may be assigned a lower priority and it may get relegated to an
operational level rather than remaining as a management control service.
The solution to this problem lies in providing a quality auditing service on an internal
basis.
6.3Internal Quality Audit
6.3.1 Objectives
Internal audit is an independent and impartial appraisal function to examine and evaluate
QC/QA activity and report to the management.
Internal audit acts as a management control and it functions by measuring & evaluating
effectiveness of various controls suggested under QC/QA system.
The objective of quality auditing is to assist the management in the effective discharge of
the responsibilities by furnishing them with the analyses, appraisals, recommendations
and suggestions concerning the activities reviewed.
The quality audit group should have a positive approach along the line of reasoning that
may be characterized as follows: -
If the QC/QA system is defined to achieve a required quality and if the system is
actually operating as planned, then the final results should be fully acceptable.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 47/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-33
The quality auditors’ examination should therefore be oriented towards determining tefficacy of the intended QC/QA system ascertaining whether the system is actua
functioning as planned and as specified and then evaluating the reliability and accuracy
final results to merit a favourable opinion.
The quality auditors’ concern should go much beyond just the verification of records a
procedures available with the QC/QA department. Full understanding of the operatio
under review would further improve the quality of project implementation.6.3.2 Scope & Functions
The scope of quality audit group activity should be primarily concerned with evaluati
compliance and verification.
1.
Evaluation
The “service to management” concept of quality auditing ultimately extends to tmaking of recommendations to improve the operations and strengthen controls, based on t
evaluations that have already been made.
The evaluations/recommendations may generally cover the following aspects: -
i)
Evaluation of testing and inspection efficiency in respect of matters such as: -
Effectiveness of procedures. Operational efficiency of plant and equipment. Adequacy of personnel.
Program of records. Retention & destruction of documents.
ii)
Evaluation of internal control as to how well the QC/QA system provides for: -
Information that is adequate and accurate.
Effectiveness of communication and feed back of management decisions to
operational level. Control over all phases of operations.
iii)
Evaluation of overall performance of various labs from the stand point of: -
Plan of inter-laboratory organization. Procedures being followed.
Performance of individual laboratories.
In some cases, the technical matters encountered by the quality audit group may
outside their area of competence and in such cases, assistance from other intern
departments or even from outside the organization may be obtained.
2.
Compliance
Procedures or controls are of no significance unless they are carefully followed in pract
Quality Audit will endeavor to ascertain whether the planned program is actually be
carried out in practice.
The technique of ascertaining the above aspect may vary from enquiry & observation
examination of the records/reports and proofs of completed work to establish that t
work has been properly performed.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 48/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-34
3.
Verification
The activities related to verification involve scrutiny of test/inspection reports and
particularly the management reports prepared from these records. This would include
comparison of report, figures and source information, proof of entries in the source
records etc.
While carrying out the quality audit, the audit group should review the activities of each
laboratory and those of the inspection group in order to determine whether the functionsand responsibilities assigned to each laboratory/inspection department are being
performed in a satisfactory manner, specifically to ensure that: -
Each laboratory/inspection department is provided with procedures to ensure, if followed, satisfactory quality.
The personnel deployed in the laboratory/inspection group are adequate in terms ofnumber, relevant qualification and experience.
The testing and inspection personnel have adequate and consistent understanding of the
procedures.
The testing and inspection carried out are adequate as to timeliness and as to quality.
Adequate corrective actions are being taken to prevent the recurrent use of defectivematerials or workmanship.
The records and reports of testing and inspection, maintained at each focal level, areaccurate and complete.
The communication at each level, starting from operational level to management leveland vice-versa, are received in time, and expeditiously dealt with to ensure prompt
feedback on the management decision for effective control.
Management has provided adequate controls which when operated effectively will ensurehigh quality and whether these controls are operating in a satisfactory manner.
Approvals in writing are being obtained on all the actions and records/reports arechecked by the supervising officials.
Corrective actions are being implemented in the shortest time period.
6.3.3 Audit Sampling
Auditing of each and every record is not only unwarranted from economic point of view
but is also unnecessary from statistical point of view.
A fairly good approximation of random selection of records as a sampling unit for auditing
can be obtained by the use of systematic sampling i.e. Interval selection method instead of
random selection.
The Interval selection method involves selecting sampling units using a fixed interval
between selections, the first interval having a random start. In this method, every nth
report, as a sampling unit in a series, is selected where n is determined by dividing the
total number of reports in the population by the number of reports to be included in the
sample audit.
6.4 Internal Quality Audit Group - Desired Standards & Formation of the group
For effectiveness of the quality audit, independence is essential which can be obtained
primarily through organizational status and objectivity.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 49/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-35
The functional head of the quality auditing group should be responsible to the t
management whose authority is assured both in terms of coverage and adequ
considerations of findings and recommendations including action on the same.
The following desired standards are to be kept in view while forming the auditing group
Independence of personnel should be maintained at all organizational levels.
Personnel assigned to this activity should have appropriate degree of technical train proficiency. Personnel must be imaginative and broadly trained to comprehend the bro
constitution of project activities and its problems. Adequate opportunities for consultation should be made available in resolving questi
that arise relating to procedures, compliance requirements etc. To ensure compliance with the standards of quality, the auditing activity at all lev
should be supervised and controlled by head of the auditing group.
For HPPCL Projects, Director (Civil), HPPCL shall constitute the Quality Audit group
for undertaking the internal quality audit of the works. The group(s) will comprise of
least three members of the level of GM and will be headed by senior most GM in the group. Gof a particular Project shall not be the member of the group for that Project. The group can
constituted from HoPs/GMs of various Projects of HPPCL, Civil Design, Civil Contrac
Corporate Planning, Corporate Monitoring, QC etc.
Besides the scope & functions given under 6.3.2 above, the Quality Audit group shall a
focus on:-
Visual Inspection of works completed or under progress; perusal of video graph photographic records.
Perusal of Quality Control & Quality Assurance (QC/QA) documentation; and all t
records including OK Cards and registers. Contractor’s workforce and construction equipment deployed at works and assessing
adequacy thereof in respect of the quality related aspects; whether the contractordeploying the key/critical equipments, as listed in the contract documents and required.
Any other aspect relating to quality and safety which requires immediate attentionHPPCL management.
6.5 Program of Quality Audit
To make the program of quality audit effective it should be properly plann
implemented and updated on regular basis. The audit should culminate in a form of comprehensive report which can be a “short ter
and a “long term” report. The short term report should be made available to the management once in a quar
whereas, the long term report should be prepared on annual basis.
Each report should bear date of the audit and the signatures of the audit group.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 50/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-36
I.
Short term report:
The short term report should include the following points in the recommendations
based on the audit study;
Establish credibility of the Test and Inspection reports. Ascertain the standard of testing.
Delinquencies: Pending tests, delayed reporting, delayed communication, absence ofcertification or authorization. Review changes since last audit study.
Ascertain receipt of feedbacks from management on non-compliance reports. Tie-in supporting data with reports submitted to the management.
Determine that all decisions on non-compliance have been taken. Establish efficient functioning of laboratory equipment.
Ascertain implementation of management decisions. Establish the existence of permanent documentation and retrieval system.
Determine that the procedural requirements have been strictly adhered to by each andevery focal official.
The above list cannot be said to be completely comprehensive but, may be used only as
a model for preparation of a work plan by the audit group suiting specific projects.
II.
Long term report:
The long term report should contain specific recommendations on the following
aspects to what has been brought out in the short term report;
Effective QC/QA organization structure
Delegation of responsibilities Internal reporting
Management controls
Safeguard against delinquencies Human resource development
Efficiency of equipment
Inter-laboratory organization set-up Trend in overall quality of construction
While carrying out the audit exercise, the audit group should obtain sufficient and
competent evidential matter through the following processes: -
Inspection/Examination: To substantiate the authenticity of various recorded figuresand entries, evidences should be gathered by referring to all records and documents
pertaining to testing. Confirmation: The process of confirmation should be carried out wherever thesupporting evidence can be obtained from elsewhere rather than by referring to items ofevidence that are readily available.
Observation: The technique of observation is expected to be made use of whileascertaining compliance with the prescribed departmental procedures. For example, ifthe procedure for calibration of equipment is prescribed as once in six months, the audit
group should observe whether this was being done by the testing laboratory personnel.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 51/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-37
Verification: In larger sense, all the activities of the quality audit group are relatedverification and formulation of an opinion. However, in a more limited sense, it may reto the verification of calculations, recording and transferring of data.
Enquiry : In a course of examination, it may be necessary to obtain much of information that is needed about the person who is likely to be able to supply trequired information. By carefully phrased questions, the audit group will be ableascertain whether or not the individual is properly carrying out the assignresponsibilities.
The report should contain an abstract of findings and observation including opini
and recommendations. It should be duly substantiated by supporting explanations a
documents which should also form a part of the report.
The report will be sent to all the concerned officials of QC/QA as well as constructi
department for compliance.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 52/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-38
CHAPTER - VII
O.K. CARDS
7.1 OK Card System
The OK Cards contain important entries/information relating to execution at all stages
of work and are liable to be referred/perused at a later stage as well, particularly during theInternal Quality Audit of works.
The OK Cards shall be maintained in duplicate in two colours. The green coloured card
shall form a part of the record of QC unit and the red or pink coloured card remains in the
custody of construction wing. The OK Cards relating to any particular work shall be put in a
round shaped tin box and placed right at the construction site office. The exterior of the tin
box shall be painted red.
Senior officers shall also check the OK Cards during their field inspections to ensure
that these are being maintained properly and genuinely filled.
An OK Card is a condensed form of specifications and an essential requirement forachieving specified workmanship and quality level of output. Each work is sub-divided into
various construction activities in proper sequence/order of construction. Such activities are
listed in chronological order in the OK Cards.
For various stages of construction activities where laboratory tests or checks with
reference to drawings and specifications are required from quality control unit, OK card
system shall be followed. The OK cards should be made available on the site in regular
manner. Approval of the component of work in progress at the times of inspection should be
recorded by the inspecting officer.
7.2 Filling of OK Card
The OK Card consists of two parts for each work. The first part covers the initial
preparedness for the work and indicates pre-requisites whereas the second part covers the
daily performance of activities based on pre-requisites and also granting
permission/authorization/ okay by the construction as well as Quality Control units to
perform the job.
The first column of the OK Card is to be filled by the construction agency (contractor)
by preparing each feature including the location and type of work and making it ready for
inspection by the project construction engineer who okays through his signatures and then
puts up to the QC engineer for the final OK. If QC engineer is not available at site then OK given
by construction engineer will be treated as final. Should anything otherwise is found, the OKcard shall not be signed by him and ask the construction agency should be asked for necessary
rectification.
Subsequently, OK card should refer to the defects removed, if pointed out previously in
the OK card with counter reference to the previous check and should be signed ‘Okayed’.
It must be borne in mind that work cannot be held up unduly for disposal of OK card.
E1 to E5 level engineers of Quality Control & construction will be the okaying authority.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 53/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-39
Random checks by supervising officers should be recorded on OK cards at site. Wee
report of OK cards maintained by construction unit should be submitted to QC unit to moni
and ensure that adequate check is being maintained by the construction unit. Confirmati
regarding rectification of defects is to be obtained from QC unit before making payment.
After processing through various levels and entering observations and rectificatio
the OK card will be closed at the time of taking measurements for releasing payment to t
contractor.
Photocopy of the OK card (pink/red) will be kept at site and original copy will
attached with the bill and will be kept on record by the disbursement office while mak
payments to the contractor.
Photo copy of OK card (Green) of Quality Control will also be enclosed with the bil
kept on record with the bill by the payment disbursement office. However OK card of Qual
Control will not be closed till the work is finalized and will be kept on record by the Qual
Control unit after the rectification is completed by the construction wing and final comme
are recorded by both i.e. construction as well as QC engineer.
7.3 Specimen of OK Card
O. K. Card specimens for Civil and HM Works are appended in the section “O. K. Car
– Specimen (Civil & HM Works)” for: -
Civil Works: -
Excavation Underground Structures-Concrete Lini
Placement of Concrete for Dam/Open Works
Placement Report Reinforcement Inspection Checklist Plain & Reinforced Cement Concrete w Compressive Strength of Concrete Rock Bolt Test Result
Sieve Analysis for Sand/Fine Aggregate (IS:383)
Calibration of Batching Plant Safety Checklist
Hydro Mechanical Works: -
1 & 2 Stage Embedments Authorization Powers
DT Gates
DT Gates 2nd Stage Erection of Gates Gantry Crane Hoist
Hydraulic Hoist Piping
Legends Receipt & Storage Storage & Receipt
Storage & Receipt
The formats of OK Card are indicative one and may be formulated at Project (s)
consultation with GM (Designs), if needed.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 54/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-40
CHAPTER - VIII
TESTS TO BE PERFORMED ON CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
8.1 General
Satisfactory quality control system for construction of components and structures of a
hydro power project depends largely on quality of construction inputs i.e. cement, aggregates,water & ice, admixtures, steel, puzzolanas etc. besides performance of plant and machinery,
and the workmanship employed.
Having controlled the inputs to the extent possible, it is necessary to evaluate the
quality of output i.e. the concrete shotcrete etc. in terms of various identified tests and its
placement.
Thus in the overall quality assurance system, testing of inputs as well as the outputs is
essential.
8.2 Tests to be performed
The tests on the construction materials and frequency of testing should be performed
as per relevant Indian Standard codes (with latest editions) and/or as specified in the
technical specifications, and shall comply with the limits and tolerances given therein.
The IS codes mentioned below should be cross linked and referred along with other
related IS codes and standards.
Material Test
Cement
IS: 269-1989 IS:8112
IS: 4032 - 1985 IS:12269IS: 455 - 1989
IS: 1489-1976
a) Chemical
i) Sio2, Al203, Fe203, Cao, MgO, Cao, SO3,
Insoluble residue & Loss on ignition.ii) Alkalis & Chloride contents
iii)
Free lime
IS:4031- 1988 b) Physical
i)
Specific gravity
ii) Fineness of grinding
iii) Soundness (boiling test)
iv)
Compressive strength after 2,7,28 days
v) Bending tensile strength after 2,7,28 days
vi)
Consistency
vii)
Initial and final setting timeviii)
Heat of hydration/Drying shrinkage
Water
IS: 3025- 1987
(Part I, XXIV, XXVII, XXXII)
IS: 516 – 1959, IS: 1199- 1999
i)
Cl, S04, Organic & Inorganic Solids, pH,
Alkalinity/Acidity
ii)
Setting time of mortar
iii)
Relative strength of concrete
iv)
Soil particles conveyed
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 55/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-41
Fine Aggregate
IS: 383 - 1970
IS: 2386 – 1963
(Part I to VIII)
i)
Grading & Fineness Modulus
ii) Test for organic impurities, dust, silt & cl
particles
iii)
Decantation test for silt
iv) Specific gravity & water Absorption
v)
Unit weight and bulkage
Coarse Aggregates
IS: 2386 – 1990
(Part I to VIII)
i)
Gradingii) Flakiness index
iii)
Elongation Index
iv) Deleterious materials
v)
Specific gravity
vi) Bulk Density & grain shape
vii)
Moisture content
viii) Absorption value
Mechanical tests
i) Aggregate crushing value
ii)
Impact Value
iii) Abrasion Value
iv)
Alkali aggregate reactivity
v)
Soundness
vi)
Petrographic examination
Embankment materials
(Latest Editions)
IS: 2720 (Part II, IV, XII)-1975
(Part V, VII, VIII) – 1970
(Part XV) – 1965
(Part XVII, XXIX) – 1966(Part VI, XVIII)-1972
(Part III)-1964
(Part XXVIII)-1974
(Part XXXIII)-1971
i) Proctor’s compaction and density tests
ii)
Atterberg’s Limits
iii) Permeability
iv)
Shear Tests
v) Specific gravity
vi)
Abrasionvii) Other soil mechanic tests as required.
Concrete
IS: 10262-1982
IS: 456-2000
IS: 516-1999
IS: 1199
IS: 5816: 1999
IS:13311-1992 (Part 1&2)
a) Fresh Concrete
i) Air Contents
ii)
Vibration
iii) Temperature measurement
iv)
Mix proportions
v) Water cement ratio
vi)
Unit weightvii)
Yield
b) Workability test
i)
Slump (consistency) Test
ii) Compaction Factor test
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 56/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-42
c) Hardened Concrete
i) Compressive strength
ii)
Core testing
iii)
Special Tests
Non-destructive tests
Ultrasonic pulse velocity: Standard test
method – ASTM C597-83/BS 4408, Part
5:1974
Rebound hammer test: Standard test method
for rebound number of hardened concrete-
C805/C805M-08/BS 4408, Part 4:1971
Shotcrete (Including SFRS)
IS: 9012 – 1978 (Reaffirmed 1992)
IS:15026 - 2002
i) Aggregate gradation
ii)
Suitability test for Accelerating admixtures
and additives.
iii) In-situ compressive strength
iv)
Setting timesv) Rebound (Total & Final Rebound)
vi)
Flexural strength
vii) Bond strength (between layers & with rock)
viii)
Toughness
ix) Tolerance of length, dia and aspect ratio of
fibers
x)
Fiber tensile strength
xi)
Physical and chemical requirements of
additives such as microsilica etc.
Admixtures
IS: 9103 - 1990
IS: 516 - 1999
IS: 8142 - 1992
IS: 1199- 1999
i)
Bleedingii) Relative Strength
iii)
Setting Time
iv) Relative water content
v)
Relative length change
Drilling and grouting
IS: 5878 - 1972 (Part 7)
IS: 6066 -1994
IS: 12584-1989
i)
Specific gravity
ii) Compressive Strength, contents above 70
micron & setting times of cement
iii) Unit weight of grout Mixtures
iv)
Flow properties of grout
v)
Plastic viscosity, yield strength & apparent
viscosity of grout
vi)
Standard classification & Quality tests on
cement, bentonite & additives etc. for
pressure grouting
vii) Water pressure test in grout holes
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 57/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-43
Masonry
IS: 1123-1990
IS: 1124-1990
IS: 1127-1993
IS: 1129-1993
IS: 1597-1996 (Part I)
IS: 2116-1998IS: 2250-1990
i)
Gradation of Sand
ii) Slump Test
iii)
Compressive strength of mortar
iv)
Tests for stones & cement blocks
Water absorption
Specific gravity
Porosity
Weathering of natural building Stone
Mild steel for reinforcement / Steel
lining / Steel plates
IS:432-1995(Part I)
IS:1786-1990
IS:2062-1993
IS:9595-1996
IS:228-1987
IS:1599-1991
i)
Welding tests
ii) Impact strength
iii)
Tension test
iv) Ultrasonic tests
v)
Seam tests
8.3 Sampling for testing of materials:
Sampling is an important link in the whole chain of construction leading to decisio
contractual relations, safety and economy-related aspects.
Tests on samples are representative of the quality of the actual work which t
samples represent and therefore judicious care is required in obtaining
representative samples.
A pre-arranged sampling plan is required to be formulated stipulating the location a
procedure for obtaining samples of materials for testing purposes.
Standard procedures for drawing samples of cement, concrete, puzzolanas, aggrega
and admixtures are described in the following respective Indian standards: -
IS: 3535-1986 IS: 456-2000 IS: 1199-1959IS: 3812-1981 IS: 2430-1969 IS: 9103-1979
Sampling of cement.
A.
Level of variability [Standard deviation or coefficient of variability]
Cement will be received at site from selected cement plants indicating the level
variability expected in the characteristics of cement produced, including compress
strength at different ages, based on the laboratory data in the plants and for the frequency
testing that is usually followed.
The appropriate sampling plan as well as basis of acceptance of cement should
worked out as under: -
By inter laboratory testing it should be established that there is no statistically significdifference between the test results of identical samples carried out at the site laboratoand the cement plant laboratory.
If statistically significant difference does exist, then decision-making process will have
be on the basis of the results obtained in the site laboratory itself, with appropricorrections in the targets.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 58/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-44
In the case of (ii) above, cement samples should be collected both at the cement plant aswell as the project site from the same consignment and tested by both the laboratories fora considerable time (say about 3 months) and arrive at the limit of variability i.e.standard deviation or coefficient of variation.
For the purpose of acceptance consideration, limit of variability can then be based on thevalue of coefficient of variation as obtained in tests in the project laboratories as at (iii)
above or 8% whichever is lower. The test results should be compared with suitable control charts on the basis of the target
average strength of cement and the statistical parameters of variability obtained.
B. Control Charts for cement and concrete strengths [Refer Chapter XIV- Monitoring
Through Control Charts].
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 59/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-45
CHAPTER - IX
LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR AND CONCRETE TESTING
Sr.
No.
TEST EQUIPMENT*
1. CEMENT
a) Chemicali) Alkalis.
ii) Minor, major oxides.
iii) Chloride content.
iv) General.
b) Physical
i) Fineness.
ii) Soundness.
iii) Consistency and Initial & Final
setting times.
iv) Compressive Strength.
v) Heat of Hydration.
vi) Drying Shrinkage.
vii) General.
Flame Photometer.
For measurement of concentration
alkaline elements.
Calorimeter to determine heat of hydrat
& setting behaviour.
Spectrophotometer.
Potentiometer, Silver Electrode, Calom
Reference Electrode, Salt bridge.
Water Distillation still, Oven, Hot pla
Balance (Accuracy 0.0002 g), Mu
Furnace (up to 1200 deg. C). PlatinuCrucibles, conductivity Bridge, pH Met
Sample divider for powders, physi
balance (Cap. 150 gm).
Blaine apparatus, stop watch.
Le Chatelier mould (IS: 266), Hot water b
Autoclave, Length comparator (IS: 4031).
Vicat needle apparatus (IS: 5513), moul
setting time needles.
Compression Testing Machine (50 tonn
Vibrating Machine, Moulds (50 sq.cm areaCalorimeter, Beckmann Thermometer.
Length Comparator, Flow Table.
Stop Watch, Timer, Temperature Control
Oven, Humidity Chamber Incubat
Physical Balance (Acc. 0.001g), Balan
(cap. 5 kg, Acc. 1g), Control Room (Tem
controlled curing tanks), Set of standa
sieves lid & receiver.
2. AGGREGATES & CONCRETE
i) Crushing value.
ii) Impact value.
iii) Abrasion value.
iv) Alkali Aggregate Reactivity.
v) Flakiness/Elongation indices.
Crushing apparatus.
Aggregate Impact test machine.
Los Angles abrasion test machine.
Reaction Containers.
Apparatus for measuring Flakiness a
Elongation Indices.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 60/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-46
vi) Unit Weight Containers.
vii) Sampling (Sand).
viii)Specific Gravity & Absorption.
ix) General.
Minimum Capacity of measures.
Max. size (mm) Capacity of measure
(dm3)
2.5 6
37.5 11
50 14
75 (1cft) 28114 71
152 99
Reffler Sample Divider.
Pycnometer.
Electric Drier, Hot plates, Set of standard
sieves lid and receiver, Balance 10kg acc.
1g), 100kg (acc. 0.001Kg), 200 kg. (acc. 0.5
Kg.), Scoop, Enamel trays, showel,
Compression testing machine (200tonne),
Crusher and Ball mill, providing rigs 1,
2,25,50,100 tonne.3. CONCRETE
a) Fresh Concrete
i) Air Content.
ii) Vibrations.
iii) Temperature measurement.
iv) Mix proportions.
b) Workability Tests:
i) Slump Test (Consistency).
ii) Compaction factor test.
iii) Vee Bee Test.
c) Hardened concrete
i) Compression, Flexural, Tension
Bending & Brineel’s Hardnesstests tension.
ii) Capping of cylinders.
iii) Testing of curing compounds.
d) Special Tests
i) Microscopy.
ii) Non-destructive.
iii) Core Testing.
ir meter.
nternal Vibrator, table vibrator.
etallic Temperature sensor.
aboratory concrete mixer & equipment as
er IS: 1199 for determination of constituents.
lump cone & Tamping rod apparatus.
ompaction Factor apparatus, Concrete
orkability meter.ee Bee Consistometer.
niversal Testing Machine with accessories
(Cap. 100 tonne).
apping moulds.
eflectance Meter.
ptical Microscope, Grinding and Polishing
quipment.
ltrasonic Pulse Velocity, Rebound Hammer,
over meter.
ore Drilling, Rock Cutting Machine, Thermal
onductivity Apparatus, Permeability
pparatus, Creep Test Apparatus.
* Equipment list is not exhaustive, refer relevant IS Codes.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 61/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-47
CHAPTER - X
IMPORTANT SPECIFICATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION CONTROL
10.1 UNDERGROUND EXCAVATION AND SUPPORT SYSTEM:
IS Codes: - 4410, 4880 (Part 1 to 7), 5878 (Part I, II, III, 4, 5 & 7), 10386 (Part I, II, 3
5, 6, 7, 8 & 10), 6065, 7422, 7974, 10290, 2062, 9595, 814, 15026.10.1.1General
Underground excavation includes all excavations performed by tunneling metho
The general dimensions, arrangements and details of typical sections of tunnels, sha
caverns etc. and the support elements should adhere strictly to the specifications a
drawings.
During construction, tunnels and other underground structures shall be drain
lighted and ventilated as specified. Safety of human beings working underground is of utmo
importance besides safety of installations, equipment and materials.
The excavation shall conform to specified widths, lengths and depths, and carried o
in sections strictly as shown on the drawings.
10.1.2Care during underground construction
All necessary safety measures have to be adopted to protect the persons engaged
underground works from cave-ins / rock falls, harmful gases or vapors, fortuitous explosio
intoxications, electric discharges, floods, fires and all other accidents of probable occurrenc
The caring measures are to be fulfilled with cautious approach by all concerned
Constructors, Supervisors, Quality assurors as well as Planners & Designers.
The following aspects need extra care during construction of underground works;
A.
Drilling & blasting operationsThe excavation shall conform to specified widths, lengths and depths, and carried o
in sections strictly as shown on the drawings.
All underground blasting should utilize “smooth-blasting” techniques by usappropriate number of micro-milli and half-second delay detonators
Specific care should be taken with regard to the following: -
Minimum loosening at the excavation surface and tunnel walls.
Least possible vibrations to tunnel supports, lining, neighbouring tunnels and surrounding mass.
Controlled pressure wave to eliminate adverse effects on form work, fresh concrebuildings above ground, neighbouring tunnels etc.
Least possible over breaks and within prescribed lines.
Minimum rock falls in fault zones.
Unstable or loose material appearing during excavation, due to improper blasting or dto any other operation, which may be dangerous for the personnel or work, to removed/repaired immediately.
Excess excavated space is filled with such material and in such a manner, as specified.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 62/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-48
Ensuring workmanlike driving and supporting operations by deployment of experiencedsupervisory and quality control staff besides engaging skilled and licensed expert tunnelminers.
Use of explosives including their transport & storage should be strictly in accordance withthe regulations in force.
Blasting to be done at specified times with sufficient notices, adequate forewarnings &
barriers.
Ensure that all charges loaded have been detonated and that no more-delay explosions ormisfires are expected.
Rail tracks, ventilation tubes and supply lines are safely grounded to prevent danger to persons from lightning and to avoid possibility of explosions from loaded or unloadedcharges.
Charges be prepared outside the tunnels and with extra precautions in the case of electric
detonators viz protection with insulating caps, check by a galvanometer or ohmmeter,lightning detectors etc.
The net depth of the hole should be checked before placing the charge.
Records of all blasting events including location, time, charge, type of explosives,
detonator type and arrangement, purpose, etc. on prescribed forms should be properlykept for reference/quantity of explosives and no. of detonators used in blast.
B.
Ventilation
To provide breathing air conditions in the tunnels not detrimental to the health of
workers, a temporary ventilation system shall be installed, maintained and operated
following the excavation works.
The ventilation is to be operated during excavation as well as concreting phase in
accordance with the requirements of the technical details but shall not be removed thereafter
without written permission of the safety/QC engineers.
C.
Lighting and Power
All power and lighting wires should be installed and maintained in optimal conditions
of insulation and safety.
Power and lighting cables should be installed on one side of the tunnel and the
detonator wires on the opposite side and sufficiently distant from the telephone or
communication wires.
The temporary lighting shall remain in commission until tunnel construction is
complete.
Tunnel lighting supply underground shall be independent of the power supply for anytunnelling machines, plant, equipment or tools.
All wiring to be securely fixed clear of any moving plant, man access, source of heat or
other likely damage.
Lighting in running tunnels shall generally consist of not less than one 60-watt lamp at
6m centres or equivalent with proportionate increase in enlargements.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 63/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-49
D.
Fire Fighting
The Fire fighting equipment to be provided in tunnelling shall be in compliance w
internationally recognized standards.
An alarm procedure shall be developed in the event of any emergency as well as
vulnerable areas in the tunnel and should be provided with individual fire points.
Gas cylinders should not be stored inside the tunnel and must be removed after use.
Burning and welding underground be kept to a minimum. Propane in preference
acetylene should be used. Sand buckets and fire extinguishers should be immediat
available when cut-welding is carried out.
Storage of combustible materials shall be kept only to the extent that are required
immediate or emergency use and the waste must be removed at the end of each shift.
A Site fire-squad should be designated and trained to use apparatus, monitor
readiness, check and report on unsafe practices.
Access to the site for emergency vehicles should be maintained at all times.
E. Drainage
Adequate arrangements for drainage of water escapes and in-rushes should be made
underground works in terms of pumps, pipes and adequate capacity of dewatering etc. T
water has to be collected, channelled and piped out of the tunnel.
Prior to shotcreting work, water running over the rock surface has be collected
drain pipes and channel formed by rapid hardening mortar.
Severe influx of water from faults or fracture zones should be reduced by grouting.
The technique adopted for control of water should ensure stability of the tunn
excavated face during and after construction. It shall also be ensured that no washing-out
fine materials occurs which may lead to progressive settlement or loss of stability of tunnel
F. Communication & Access
A robust two-way communication system shall be installed between each worki
face, each fire point and other important facilities and maintained in efficient manner in
the underground works.
Safe access to all the underground works should be provided through walkways hava minimum clear space of 1800 mm high and 750 mm wide with a walking surface of not le
than 400 mm wide.
Water should not be allowed to stand or accumulate at or above the walkway level
any point. Any spillage of spoil or other material on the walkway should be remov
immediately.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 64/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-50
10.1.3Geological Mapping During Tunnel Excavation
Geological mapping during tunnel excavation should be carried out for each 50 meters
of completed excavation work by the constructor.
Following records of geological information as obtained during excavation should be
maintained in a comprehensive manner: -
Rock classes.
Rock formation & orientation (dip & dip direction).
Fracturing, schisosity, weathering location etc.
Size & nature of faults.
Ground water appearance.
Geological plans & sections.
Sudden & unexpected changes observed in geological conditions of rock/soil.
Videos & Photographs.
10.1.4Geotechnical Monitoring of Underground works and instrumentation
To ensure quality execution, construction control and to monitor actual behavior of
underground rock during construction, continuous monitoring of field performance relating
to tunnel excavation, support elements, linings etc. with effective geotechnical
instrumentation is essentially required.
Geotechnical instrumentation shall involve measurement of following parameters;
Deformation or displacement to monitor the behaviour of Rock mass /Soil in
underground caverns/tunnels.
Ground water pressure or Pore water pressure to monitor sub-surface water flow &seepage patterns and their effect on deformations / stress change.
Load and strain (Movement of compression & extensions) in the support elements. Temperature variation & its effect on deformation / stress change in rock during
supporting excavations & tunnel lining.
Interpretation of data collected from instrumentations.
The instruments selected for geotechnical monitoring should fulfil the following major
selection criteria: -
Easy accessibility in all U/G cavities.
Reliability.
Simplicity.
Durability in harsh installed environments like dust, dirt, mud, high humidity, gases, fumes, flowing or standing water, flyrocks, shocks, temperature extremes, shearingdeformation corrosive actions etc.
High accuracy.
Minimum interference to construction.
Availability of spares and readout units.
High resolution, to be able to be interfaced to remotely placed control room.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 65/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-51
Full scale test section should be instrumented in tunnelling to establish sta
excavation.
The geotechnical instrumentation shall essentially include interpretation and analy
of measurement data by the experts.
Instrumentation data observed should be interpreted and analyzed immediately a
implemented for taking corrective and preventive measures & also for refinements in ongoing construction techniques / methodologies.
For U/G works, generally the following geotechnical instruments shall be required: -
Bore Hole Extensometers.
Tape Extensometers.
Piezometers.
Load Cells.
Concrete & Shotcrete Stress Cells.
Strain meters.
Stress meters.
Thermometers.
Read out Units & Automatic Data Acquisition System.
The Quality Assurance engineers should frequently visit the locations of install
geotechnical instruments to ensure that the instruments are adequately maintain
and are being used for the purpose for which they have been installed in t
underground works.
10.1.5Shotcreting (plain/Reinforced)
Quality Requirements: -
Shotcrete (dry or wet) is an intimate mixture of Portland cement, aggregates, wa
and additives (if applicable), shot into place by means of compressed air through a spr
nozzle. It is used either as an arch with load bearing functions in a tunnel cross-section or a
sealing in tunnel lining. All surfaces shall be wet, clean and free from rebound at the time
application of shotcrete.
If shotcrete is properly proportioned, mixed, placed and cured, it forms a very ha
high strength concrete.
Shotcrete shall be uniform, compact, monolithic texture and free of cracks in the ent
tunnel cross-section.
All steel parts such as wire, reinforcing steel, mesh, arched steel rib supports e
remaining in the shotcrete shall be neatly covered throughout their entire extent by at leas
cm of shotcrete.
Any adherent rebound and/or loose or clogged material from previous shotcret
shall carefully be removed before shotcreting.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 66/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-52
Mix Design: -
To meet the requirements of shotcrete for strength development and final strength, the
mix shall be designed by laboratory tests and field trials taking into consideration the
following factors: -
Cement content: - Quantity of cement shall not be less than 350 kg/cum dry mix for
dry shotcrete process. For wet process, the minimum cement content shall complywith the standard mix of class M: 25.
Water-cement ratio: - For dry process, the water content shall be controlled by the
nozzle man to suit the conditions of the shotcreting surface and location of application.
For wet process, field trials shall be carried out to determine and establish the
suitability of water/cement ratio. However the w/c ratio shall be between 0.35 to 0.50.
Setting and strength development: - Accelerating admixtures shall be used in a
suitable dosage rate (determined by suitability/compatibility tests) to meet the
requirements for setting and strength development of shotcrete applied. The uniaxial
compressive tests shall be done as per concrete specifications. The strength
development due to suitability tests must exceed the specified in-situ strength by afactor 1/0.85 (1.18). The 28-day-strength of shotcrete shall be minimum 25N/mm2.
Temperature of mix: - The water temperature shall be kept at 20 (+-1) Celsius and
cement & accelerator at room temperature.
Nominal size of aggregate shall not exceed 10mm. The grain size distribution of the
coarse aggregate of 10mm nominal size shall be as under:-
Sr. No. IS Sieve designation (mm) Percentage by mass passing
1. 12.5 100
2. 10 85-100
3. 4.75 10-304. 2.36 0-10
5. 1.18 0-5
Following combined aggregate gradation curve shall be taken as guide for mix design
purposes, but may be modified, subject to the results of trial mix tests, as required under
Sections, General Requirements of this drawing.
Sr. No. IS Sieve designation (mm) Percentage by mass passing
1. 9.5 90-100
2. 4.75 73-100
3. 2.36 55-90
4. 1.18 37-72
5. 0.60 22-50
6. 0.30 11-26
7. 0.15 4-12
8. 0.075 2
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 67/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-53
10.1.6The steel fibre used in SFRS shall be produced from high tensile steel, either cold rol
or cold drawn wires. Fibres shall be dry and free from oil, grease and chlorides. T
fibres shall satisfy the following parameters:
Length of steel fibres Geometric shape 20mm-40mm (Tolerance = ±10%) Stee
fibres shall have suitably deformed profile t
ensure proper matrix of SFRS mix and t
develop better bond anchorage with no fibeballing.
Aspect ratio (length/diameter) 60-75(Tolerance = ±15%)
Fibre Tensile Strength quantity of steel
fibres
> 1000 MPa 39-150 kg/cum(subject to mi
design/field trials)
Mixing procedure adopted should be such that there is no fibre balling i.e. fibers do n
tangle together to form clumps or fibre balls.
10.1.7 Microsilica shall be added in the mix at the batching plant for facilitating the mix
and distribution of fibres to reduce fibre rebound and improve bond between ceme
matrix and fibres as also to improve adherence when the rock mass surface is wet. Tdose of silica fumes shall be 8-15 % of cement by weight subject to site trials. Sil
fumes shall have a bulk density between 500-700 kg/cum. Chemical & Physi
requirements of the Micro Silica shall be as under:
Chemical Requirements
Sr. No. Characteristic Requirement Minimum frequency of Testing or as
desired by Engineer-in-Charge.
1. SiO2*, Min 85.0 Single Lot upto 400 t
2. Moisture content*, Max 3.0 Single Lot upto 100 t
3. Loss on ignition* Max 4.0 Single Lot upto 100 t
4. Alkalies as Na2O, Percent,
Max
1.5 Single Lot upto 400 t
*Percent by mass
Physical Requirements
Sr. No. Characteristic Requirement Minimum frequency of Testing o
as desired by
Engineer-in-Charge.
1. Specific surface m2/g, Min 15 Single Lot upto 400 t
2. Oversize percent retained on 45micron IS sieve, Max.
10 Single Lot upto 100 t
3. Oversize percent retained on 45
micron IS sieve, variation from
average percent, Max.
5 Single Lot upto 100 t
4. Compressive strength 7 days As
percent of control sample, Min.
85.0 Single Lot upto 400 t
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 68/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-54
10.1.8Proportion of admixture shall vary between 2% to 7% by weight of cement or as
finalized herein after based on test results, prior to any shotcrete work.
Accelerator dosage shall be minimum, and not to exceed 5% by weight of cement
material in general. Testing of accelerator with regard to setting time and early strength gain
shall be in accordance with the following time/strength limits.
Synthetic fibera) Initial set of cement/admixture paste- 3 minutes Product features
Final set of cement/admixture paste- 12 minutes Tensile strength 400-500MPa
b) 3-hours strength of shotcrete- 0.7 N/mm2 Specific gravity 0.90-0.92
8-hour strength of shotcrete- 4.0 N/mm2 Young’s Modulus 10GPa
24-hour strength of shotcrete- 10.0 N/mm2 Melting point 150°-165°C
Ignition point >450°C
Batching, Mixing and Transportation: -
Cement and aggregates should be batched in the proportions as specified and
designed.
At the time of batching all aggregates should have been dried or drained sufficiently toresult in stable moisture content (within 7%).
Mixing of cement and aggregates should be performed mechanically. The mixing time
should not be less than 60 seconds.
Shotcrete is not to be used unless placing can be completed in 90 minutes.
The time span should be kept as short as possible, especially at seasons with high
temperatures and high humidity.
Accelerating admixtures (proportioned after testing) should be added to the dry mix
for dry process just before it enters the shotcrete machine through a dispenser or a specialdosage pump as specified.
During cold weather periods, provision should be made to maintain the setting
properties of the shotcrete by means of heating the water or aggregates or both depending on
the temperature.
During hot weather, the water content of the aggregates should be kept above 4% (for
dry process) to avoid cement loss.
Materials’ & Plant Suitability: -
Cement shall be Portland cement and its material uniformity should be guaranteed.(Refer Chapter XII)
Where chemically aggressive ground water occurs, special type of cement with an
admixture or additive should be used, (after testing & proportioning)
Aggregates for shotcreting should be hard, dense and uniformly graded. The
percentage of grading shall be as specified/tested as per relevant IS.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 69/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-55
The maximum aggregate size fractions of the ready mix should be determined
suitability tests as the size would depend upon thickness of shotcrete and spray
arrangement. In general nominal size of aggregate shall not exceed 10 mm.
The purity as well as uniformity of the aggregate fractions should be guaranteed as p
appropriate standards.
The application procedure shall be developed in the field to give minimum shrinka
cracks, no hollow area, and good adherence to the rock, smooth finish and low rebound.
Before shotcreting operation adequate ground wires/nails shall be installed to establ
boundaries/thickness of shotcrete.
Additives free from chloride have to be used to avoid steel corrosion or adverse eff
on strength development of shotcrete.
Before start of the work, proof should be furnished as to how the additive influenc
the strength development up to the point where the final strength is reached and in whproportion.
Water to be used in shotcrete should be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts
sewage, oil, acids, alkali, salts and organic or other undesirable matter.
The method of application of shotcreting should be developed from both material a
technical point of view, satisfying all requirements.
The mixing equipment for dry process should be capable of thoroughly dry-mix
sand and cement within the time available to uniformly and continuously supply the mater
to the gun.
For wet process the mixing plant shall be capable of thoroughly mixing the specif
materials in sufficient quantity and accurate proportions to maintain continuous placing.
For routine quality control, test panels shall be sprayed alongside the area
placement and cores shall be cut from the panels for testing.
Tests for determining flexural strength and bond strength shall also be done as p
relevant IS.
In-situ cores shall also be extracted and tested for actual strength of in place shotcre
STRENGTH CRITERION
The specimen, in general, shall be cylinders with a height equal to twice the diame
of the cylinder. The core capping and compressive strength test shall be carried out in t
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 70/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-56
presence of Engineer-in-Charge. Test results from cores with height/diameter ration different
from 2.0 shall be converted to equivalent cylinder strength using the value given as below:
Height/diameter ratio of core Cube factor Cylinder factor
2.00 1.15 1.00
1.75 1.12 0.97
1.50 1.10 0.95
1.25 1.07 0.93
1.10 1.03 0.89
1.00 1.00 0.87
0.75 0.88 0.76
The 28-day-strength of plain shotcrete shall be minimum 25N/mm2.
The SFRS shall meet the following strength requirements:
Compressive strength on
Cylindrical cores 3 days < 10MPa
7 days < 18 MPa28 days < 30 MPa
(Equivalent cube strength of 28 days < 35 MPs)
Flexural Strength 28 days < 3.8 MPa
Toughness 28 days < 2.4 MPa
Bond Strength
Against intact rock 28 days < 0.5 MPa
Between two layers of SFRS 28 days < 1.0 MPa
10.1.9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS OF ROCK BOLTS/ANCHORS
Rock bolts of specified diameter shall be made from deformed bars conforming to IS:1786.
Diameter of hole shall be as specified for different types of bolts however, where full-column grouting is specified with the help of inject and return tubes the hole dia (except
for anchorage) length shall have to be suitably increased to accommodate these tubes.
Drill holes must be cleaned just prior to installation of the bolt to remove sludge rockdust, particles and debris present in the hole cleaning can be accomplished byintroducing compressed air @ 50psi at the back of the hole or be washing with water (ifthe rock is washable and then made dry by compressed air.
Prior to actual rock bolt installation, a series of test installations shall be carried out onall rock types which are representative of rocks likely to be encountered to prove
suitability/efficacy of rock bolt systems. These tests shall conform to the requirementslaid down in CBIP manual on rock Mechanics (May 1988) and IS: 11309.
All rock bolts shall be cleaned of dirt, detrimental rust, grease or any other deleterious
material to ensure proper bond with grout.
All rock bolts/ anchors shall have a minimum threaded length of 200mm for fixtures atthe excavated surface (end). All threaded parts of the bolt system shall be treated with abase lubricant, such as molybdenum.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 71/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-57
When the rock bolts are to be used in conjunction with welded wire-mesh/chain lmesh, the wire mesh washer and extra nut shall be used to secure these with rock boWelded wire mesh/chain link mesh shall not be placed between rock and bearing platethe rock bolt.
Bearing plates for specified thickness and size shall be of mild steel conforming to 2062 (Grade-A.
Rock surface beneath the bearing plate shall be chipped smooth and covered with tcushion of smooth cement (quick set): sand mortar (1:1). When the bearing surfacebolt perpendicular to the hole axis, bevel washers shall be placed between plate and nto ensure a uniform bearing surface for the nut, normal to axis of rock bolt.
Nuts/washers used shall conform to IS: 1363. Hardened flat washers shall be usbetween the bevel washers and the nut in all cases.
Metallic/PVC tubes shall be used for grout injection and air vent pipes wherever specifi
Perfotubes shall be of standard quality non corrosive mild steel of thickness not less th1 mm and shall have adequate perforations for mortar to extrude and fill the hcompletely.
Cement shall be ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS:269, IS:81
Cement/admixtures shall be used well within their respective specified effective span(s) with reference to manufacturing date and in the order in which these adelivered at site and shall be free from lumps formed on account for warehouse storage
Pump for grouting shall permit control of pressure, allow a flexible rate of injection abe designed to minimize clogging of valves and ports.
Resin cartridges shall conform to relevant Indian standards or where not covered these standards, to the equivalent international standards. The data sheet for use of recartridges shall be obtained from the manufacturer for better results. Checks must abe established to ensure that resin is used within the limit of its active storage (specified effective life span).
Bolts fixed within 10m of a blasting operation shall be retightened (retensioned) to t
specific value as mentioned in note xxii before full column grouting. Expansion shell of requisite dimension shall conform to IS: 2062 (Grade- A) “ Block
malleable iron casting”. The size/dimension of expansion shell shall be finalized af
conducting the “Pull -out-Test ” at the place of installation (in different rock mcategories).
For resin grouted rock bolt one end of the bar shall be chamfered and other shallthreaded (preferable rolled over the specified lengths).
Perfo bolts shall be used in saturated rock mass, where specified and as directed by
Engineer-In-Charge.
Perfo sleeve shall be filled with (1:1) sand cement mixture.
0.5 % to 1.0 % by weight of cement admixture for quick setting and workability shall added for the perfo cement mortar.
Perfo bolts hall not be tensioned.
For grouting a readily pumpable cement grout with water cement ration of 0.50 t0 0shall be used.
Since setting time of resin is sensitive to temperature, the resin capsules must be storedensure temperature compatibility with the resin formulation and viscosity, prior actual installation at work.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 72/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-58
Slow setting resin shall normally have a setting time of approximately 20-30 minutes.
Quick setting resin shall normally have a setting time of approximately 30secs.
Quick setting resin capsules shall be inserted into the hole over the specified length withthe help of a special loading stick only.
In the upward holes, the use of packer shall be made to prevent the flow of resin catalystmixture beyond the specified anchorage length.
Threads of bolts and nuts hall be prepared as per requirements of IS: 1368. To avoid clogging of tubes the grout must be passed through IS: 2.36 mm screen prior to
injection.
Grouting shall be continued till there is full return of the grout through the air vent/groutreturn tube.
It shall be ensured that entire surface of the embedded portion of anchor bars/rock boltshall be in intimate contact with the mortar/grout.
Special care shall be taken against movement of the bars until the grout has taken finalset.
Pull-out test on rock bolts hall be carried out in accordance with IS: 11309 and randomly(percentage shall be decided by Engineer-in-charge) tested up-to the design load of
11.00 tones & 17.00 tonnes for 25mm & 32 mm dia rock bolts respectively. If any one ofthe rock bolt fails, all adjacent rock bolts shall be tested or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If it is found that any bolt fails or does not take the required tension withoutanchorage slip, a new bolt shall be installed in the close vicinity of the unsatisfactory boltand the unsatisfactory bolt shall also be full column grouted.
Rock bolts where specified shall be tensioned up-to 7.0 & 11.00 metric tones for 25 & 32 Øbars, respectively with Hydraulic pensioner torque wrench shall not be used.
Suitable admixtures such as aluminum powder shall be used to produce a slow settingmortar. The quality of such admixture shall be determined by the laboratory testing.
In grouted anchor bars of length more than 4.0 meters the bar shall be pushed into thehole about half way and then given a slight bend (around 10) before pushing it fully intothe hole, to ensure that the anchor is firmly lodged in the hole while the grout sets.
Insertion of the bolt into the hole and mixing of resin and the hardener must becompleted within the setting time of resin at the end.
10.1.10 Support Elements
Welded wire mesh serves as the standard reinforcement for shotcrete linings and
facilitates the application of shotcrete as well as improves the post-failure behaviour of
shotcrete.
Preferably mesh 100X100 mm, 5mm diameter of structural steel having minimum
yield strength of 420 N/mm2 should be used.
Reinforcing steel bars shall be attached securely to the previously placed shotcretelayer or wire mesh with overlaps as per execution drawings.
Steel ribs are used to support the underground excavation as an immediate protection
and subsequently act as reinforcement and load distributing members for concrete lining.
For steel ribs, structural steel should have minimum yield strength of 240N/mm2 and
comply with relevant IS.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 73/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-59
Lattice girders should be manufactured from corrugated reinforcing bars.
For welding, manual metal-arc process shall be employed with covered electrodes
per relevant IS.
Forepoling is the installation of advance-support ahead of the tunnelling face
prevent and protect the ground deformations in the loose strata and it depends, to a h
extent, on the quality of workmanship.
The use of steel ribs is a precondition for the installation of the advance-support a
the combination of steel ribs with shotcrete forms the support of the advance-support at
place of the nearest rib to the face.
The method and type of forepoling viz. steel pipes, spiles etc. shall be as specified /
per execution drawings.
Steel lagging is employed mainly in weak ground with low cohesion to prevent t
collapse of material during and immediately after excavation.
The thickness and length of steel lagging sheets shall be as specified. Voids and ga
behind the lagging sheets should be either filled with shotcrete or by suitable cont
grouting.10.2CEMENT CONCRETE WORK
IS CODES: - 383, 269, 2116, 2386, 2430, 456, 516, 1199, 4634, 9103.
It is necessary to exercise supervision and control of quality & workmanship for
concreting work viz site-mixed concrete, pre-cast, plain & reinforced concrete compone
and readily-mixed concrete.
A number of operations must be carried out on the ingredients of concrete to conv
them into a cohesive mix and these operations will determine the strength, durability a
appearance of the finished concrete.
10.2.1Proportioning, Batching & Mixing
Concrete has to be manufactured in batching mixing plants whose number, capacit
and locations should be determined as per requirements of the project components.
As a rule, aggregate should be batched by weight to produce concrete of unifo
quality. The batching of aggregate or of individual particle size fractions by volume shall
permissible only if automatic proportioning devices are used.
If volume batching is applied, the weight of the batched particle size fractions sho
be checked frequently even if automatic devices are used.
Mixing instructions are to be legibly displayed at the mixing plant which shou
comprise the following: -
Strength class of concrete.
Type, strength and quantity of aggregate, with indication of quantities of size fractionsbe batched separately or the indication of ‘ready -mixed aggregate’.
Consistency of fresh concrete.
Type and quantity of admixtures and additives, if any.
Water/Cement ratio.
Water content (mixing water & surface moisture of the aggregate).
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 74/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-60
A simple and convenient system (scales) of varying accurately the material supply to
the concrete mixers has to be installed, with a suitable metering system to ensure that the
amount fed into the machine can be controlled, ascertained and recoded.
Sufficient test weights should be kept available for checking the accuracy of all scales.
Trial operation of the batching and mixing plant has to be made to check its
operational efficiency as specified in the technical specifications.
Batched material should be measured within specified tolerances as per ACI Concrete
Manual, 304R (Guide for measuring, mixing, transporting and placing concrete) unless
specified otherwise in the technical specifications and should be discharged into mixer
without loss.
Record of each batch should be available for check indicating the number of batch, size,
mix code, time & date, weight of each aggregate, weight/volume of water, moisture content,
volume of admixture & its type etc.
The mixer should not be discharged in excess of the capacity recommended by the
manufacturer. Excessive over- mixing requiring additions of water is not permissible.
Over mixing is objectionable because the grinding action increases fines, therebyrequiring more water to maintain consistency of concrete and also driving out entrained air.
The minimum mixing time recommended should be as per USBR concrete manual,
unless otherwise specified. However the mixing time should not exceed three times the
number of minutes given below: -
Recommended Minimum Mixing Time
Capacity of mixer (m3 ) Time of mixing (minutes)
Up to 1.5 1.5
Beyond 1.5 & up to 2.0 2.0
Beyond 2.0 & up to 3.0 2.5
Beyond 3.0 & up to 4.5 2.75
In addition to the accurate weighing, another important objective of successful
batching is the proper sequencing and blending of ingredients during charging of the mixer.
The number of revolutions of the drum/pan has a direct bearing on the uniformity ofmixing. Mixers should be operated approximately at the speed at which they were designed.
The ability of a mixer to mix concrete properly is determined by mixing efficiency tests.
The uniformity of fresh concrete is evaluated in accordance with the method specified in IS:
4634-1968.
10.2.2Concrete Mix Design
The composition of the concrete mix design (controlled concrete) shall comply with
the requirements laid down in the approved standards.
The mix proportions shall be such as to ensure the workability of the fresh concrete
and when concrete is hardened, it shall have the required strength, durability, and surface
finish.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 75/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-61
The concrete mix shall generally comply with the following requirements for vario
basic mixes of grade M10 and higher: -
Class Strength (N/mm2
after 28 days)
Minimum cement content to ensure
durability (kg/m3)
W/C Ratio
M:10
M:15
M:20M:25
M:30
M:40
M:50
M:60
M:70
10
15
2025
30
40
50
60
70
220
240
260(Plain) / 300(RCC)280(Plain) / 300(RCC)
320(RCC)
360(RCC)
0.60
0.60
0.45 / 0.550.40 / 0.50
0.45
0.40
Adjustment to minimum cement content for aggregate other than 20mm nominal size shall
as under: -
Sr. No. Nominal maximum aggregate
size (mm)
Adjustment to minimum cement content in
table above (kg/m3)1. 10 + 40
2. 20 0
3. 40 - 30
Adjustment to minimum cement content derived by trial mixes to reach a cert
concrete strength has to be checked against the minimum cement content for the requirem
of durability and the greater of the two has to be adopted.
Trial tests for determining the mix design are to be performed before starting concreting work and also as a continuous quality control during execution of all the concretiworks till the values of water-cement ratio, bleeding in concrete, tensile strength etc. are
accordance with the relevant standards.Production of concrete of excessive slump or adding water in excess of design W
ratio to compensate for slump loss resulting from delays in delivery or placing is prohibited
Acceptance of concrete mixes – Concrete mixes shall be rejected if they fail to meet o
or more requirements related to any of the following: -
Improper class of concrete.
Non-workability.
Over mixing.
Air content, slump or temperature not within specified limits.
Maximum water- cement ratio is exceeded.
Foreign material in concrete. Total time limits are exceeded as specified in standards.
Concrete to be placed by pumping particularly in relatively inaccessible locations a
in thin sections (where reinforcement is heavy or congested or where high pouring rates a
required to avoid cold joints), the design of mixes need special care including control
proper grading of aggregates and workability through use of super- plasticizers, whe
necessary.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 76/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-62
10.2.3Water cement ratio (W/C)
Water cement ratio is one of the key elements for a durable and sound concrete of
adequate strength.
W/C is the ratio of the water content “W” to the weight “C” of the cement in concrete.The concrete should not be made with a W/C ratio higher than that established in the
preliminary tests.The W/C ratio should be checked (for each type of concrete) at the time of first placing
and thereafter atleast once daily.
The average of three consecutive W/C ratio determinations should not exceed the W/C
ratio established for a particular type of concrete in the preliminary tests, and individual
values shall not exceed it by more than 10%.
Water cement ratio should be maintained at correct value. The water contents in both
fine and coarse aggregate have to be determined regularly. The amount of added water should
be adjusted to compensate for any observed variation in moisture content.
For reinforced concrete, with respect to corrosion protection of steel, the W/C ratio
should not exceed 0.75 if compressive strength of cement is 35 N/mm2 atleast.
10.2.4Durability of concrete
It is essential that the concrete be durable viz. it should perform satisfactorily in the
working environment in its anticipated exposure conditions during service.
The materials and mix proportions are to be such as to maintain the integrity of
concrete, and to protect embedded metal / reinforcement from corrosion.
The different environmental exposure conditions (as per Table 3 of IS 456: 2000) are
given below: -
Sr. No. Environment Exposure condition1. Mild
Concrete surfaces protected against weather or aggressive conditions,except those situated in coastal area.
2. Moderate
Concrete surfaces sheltered from severe rain or freezing whilst wet.
Concrete exposed to condensation and rain.
Concrete continuously under water.
Concrete in contact or buried under non-aggressive soil/ground water.
Concrete surfaces sheltered from saturated salt air in coastal area.
3. Severe Concrete surfaces exposed to severe rain, alternate wetting and drying,or occasional freezing whilst wet or severe condensation.
Concrete completely immersed in sea water.
Concrete exposed to coastal environment.
4. Very Severe
Concrete surfaces exposed to sea water spray, corrosive fumes orsevere freezing conditions whilst wet.
Concrete in contact with or buried under aggressive subsoil / groundwater; concrete exposed to alternate wetting & drying.
5. Extreme Surface of members in tidal zone.
Members in direct contact with liquid / solid aggressive chemicals.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 77/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-63
10.2.5Workability of concrete
The concrete mix proportions chosen should be such that the concrete is of adequ
workability (consistency) for the placing conditions of the concrete and can be prope
compacted.
Loss of workability is a critical factor which should be considered while assessin
suitable time limit between mixing and the final hauling/placing of concrete.
The reduction in workability of concrete is due to loss of water by evaporati
hydration of cement and absorption of water by aggregates; hence the concrete should
placed as soon after it has been mixed as practicable.
Tests for compaction factor, Slump etc. for good workability of concrete should
carried out as per mix design / as per IS: 456-2000 and other relevant standards.
The slump of concrete, after pouring but before it has set, should not exceed the valu
specified below: -
Concrete Uses Slump (cm)
Massive structures 5Slabs and tunnel inverts 5
Walls, piers, columns, parapets, curbs, beams 10
Sidewalls and tunnel linings 10
Other structures 7.5
10.2.6Transporting of concrete
Concrete should be transported from the mixer to the site of placement as quickly
possible by methods, which shall prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and maintain t
requisite workability.
The conveying equipment must have the capacity to move concrete so that cold joiare eliminated.
The method of transportation used should efficiently deliver the concrete to the po
of placement without significantly altering its desired properties with regard to water-cem
ratio, slump, air content and homogeneity.
Each method of transportation has advantage under particular conditions of u
pertaining to mix materials and design, type & accessibility of placement, required delive
capacity, location of batching plant etc. These various conditions should be carefully review
in selecting the type of transportation best suited for economically obtaining quality
concrete in place.
During transit, the fresh concrete should be protected from harmful climatic effects
hot weather the temperature of fresh concrete shall not exceed 300C.
Transportation of concrete in ordinary open tippers or trucks shall not be allowed a
causes segregation. Transit concrete mixers shall be used for transportation. Self loadi
batching, mixing & transporting mixers can also be used both for mixing and transporti
concrete.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 78/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-64
10.2.7Placing & Compacting of concrete
The concrete should be placed and compacted as thoroughly as possible with vibrators
before initial setting of concrete commences and shall not be subsequently disturbed.
Compaction of concrete aims at removing all trapped air, thereby achieving maximum
contact between the materials within the concrete. This results in maximum strength and
density, and an effective bond between the concrete and any reinforcement present.
The importance of adequate compaction can be demonstrated by the fact that for every
1% of air voids left trapped in concrete, there is a 5% reduction in the compressive strength
of the mix.
Methods of placing shall be such as to avoid segregation. Strict and meticulous care
shall be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement or movement of form work and
concrete. Concrete shall be fully worked around reinforcement and in the corners of form
work.
Over vibration resulting into bleeding of concrete should be strictly avoided. Spare
vibrators shall be kept as stand by. Temperature of concrete, as placed, should be restricted to300C to avoid impairment of quality, durability and other properties.
All cold weather precautions and protective measures, as specified, should be taken to
ensure that loss of strength of concrete does not occur owing to cold weather.
Rock surface upon which concrete is to be placed should be prepared by roughening
where necessary, followed by thorough cleaning and any further preparation as may be
specified.
10.2.8Curing of concrete
Curing shall commence as soon as possible after concrete is placed and initial set has
occurred but before it has hardened.
Curing should be continued for at least 7 days in general.
Exposed surfaces of concrete should be kept continuously in a damp/wet condition by
pounding or by suitable covering.
For curing compounds and control, refer Chapter XII.
10.2.9Sampling & testing for compressive strength of designed mix concrete
Sampling
A random sampling procedure is to be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall
have a reasonable chance of being tested, i.e. the sampling should be spread over the entire
period of concreting and cover all mixing units (concrete production units).
A sample of concrete shall be taken at random on eight separate occasions during each
of the first 5 days of using a mix (total 40 specimens for test cubes).
40 Individual Cube results, each representing separate batches of similar concrete
produced by the same plant and under the same supervision, will give the standard deviation.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 79/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-65
Thereafter, one sample will be taken at random from every group of 25 batches ma
by each batching plant, for each grade of concrete, and atleast one sample will be taken
each day on which any concrete of a particular grade is made.
Additional samples will be taken for test Cylinders. These samples will be from eve
100 batches or atleast once a week during concreting operations. Two cylinders will be cast
determine the indirect tensile strength of the concrete at 7 days and 28 days, as specifiedthe respective standard. Sampling should coincide with samples taken for test cubes.
The frequency of sampling may be varied at the discretion of the constructi
engineer.
Testing for compressive strength:
From each sample, two specimens (cubes or cylinders) shall be made for compress
strength testing at 28 days. Another specimen may be taken for testing at 7 days for cont
purposes.
The mean of the specimen strengths of the two specimens made from the same samshall be the 28-day specimen result.
For mass concrete one specimen shall be provided for testing at 90 days.
10.2.10 Acceptance criteria of compressive strength
The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements wh
conditions are met as per IS: 456-2000
If the range of individual cube strength made from the same sample exceeds 15%
the mean specimen strength then the method of making, curing and testing of cubes shall
examined thoroughly.
In the event of a result having a range exceeding 20%, then the result shall unacceptable & invalid.
Similarly the results shall be unacceptable if 3 or more results in 40 are belo
characteristic compressive strength (fck) or one result in 40 is less than 85% of fck. [fck is
Characteristic compressive strength of 150mm cube at 28 days in N/mm2. For M15 & M
grades, fck is 15N/mm2 and 20N/mm2 respectively.]
When the results are unacceptable, the following action shall be warranted
the construction as well as quality control unit units: -
Checking of the mix and improvement to the standard of quality control.
Cutting of test cylinders from the concrete for examination and testing of specime prepared there from.
Carrying out load tests on areas/structural members containing the suspect concrete.
Cutting out and replacement of defective concrete volumes.
Carrying out non-destructive tests/drilled cores to assess the in-situ quality of the suspconcrete.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 80/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-66
10.2.11 Additional Tests
Concrete shall be tested, if specified, for the following characteristics and remain
within acceptable limits as specified & as per approved standards: -
Drying Shrinkage.
Water Absorption.
Moisture Movement.
Stripping times of Formwork. Duration of Curing.
10.2.12Quality Control of Fresh ConcreteTo ensure uniform concrete quality, the fresh concrete shall be continuously checked
on site during concreting operations for the following properties: -
Consistency (spread or slump).
Workability.
Air content.
Volume/weight (wet and dry density).
Water and cement content (water-cement ratio).
Aggregate content.
Bleeding in accordance with relevant standards.
Such tests shall be performed over a period covering the whole concreting operations
of each section.
The fresh concrete properties shall be checked at frequent intervals at the beginning of
a concreting section and when concrete is poured during night shifts.
The quantities required for quality control of the fresh concrete shall be taken from the
concrete mixing plant, not from the point of final placement.
10.2.13Construction joints
Adequately strong and dense bonding of the concrete layers in construction joints
should be ensured.
To develop proper bond between the lifts, the concrete surface shall be freed of all dirt,
laitance, coating stains, defective concrete and all foreign material. The surface shall be
roughened and damped prior to covering with fresh concrete. This can be achieved by doing
green-cutting at the proper time for construction joints.
Concreting should be carried out continuously up to the construction joints so that
each section of concrete is completed without any lapse while the work is in hand.
In water retaining structures, all construction joints require the use of an approved
type of water stop to seal the joint at the liquid face. Water stops are also generally installed
for construction joints in tunnel concrete linings.
Wet sand blasting or high- pressure water blast shall be used for preparing the jointsurfaces to receive the next lift. The process to be adopted shall be as specified in the
specifications.
In case any doubt exists over the soundness of the joint, then all steps considered
necessary to investigate and remedy the defects are required to be taken immediately.
Care should be taken to prevent undercutting and loosening of aggregate in the
concrete.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 81/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-67
CHAPTER XI
IMPORTANT DO’S AND DON’TS/CHECK LIST FOR
UNDERGROUND WORKS
Sr. No. DO’S DON’T’S
1. Before commencement of excavation, verify alllines, grades, dimensions, setting out of the work
of tunnels, shafts & caverns with the execution
drawings.
2. Ensure adequate understanding of NATM (New
ustrian Tunnelling Method) for its application for
supporting system.
3. Check that all lighting arrangements including
traffic lights are provided as specified during
underground excavation.
4. Ensure that ventilation system is of sufficient
capacity to maintain adequate supply of
uncontaminated air in the underground execution
throughout the construction period.
Don’t allow operation
installations and equipme
during tunnelling unless necess
facilities to remove all noxio
gases as per specifications ha
been provided. Underground u
of internal combustion engin
burning gasoline or liquef
petroleum gases should not
allowed.
5. Ensure availability of an emergency system to
allow evacuation of personnel and equipment in
case the ventilators fail.
6. Ensure installation of approved lightning
indication system in the vicinity of tunnel portals.
7. For safety and security of the works, ensure that
the tunnel excavation is continuous by day and
night.
Don’t allow intermissions tunnel excavation until all
support elements at the particu
locations have been completed.
8. Ensure that the excavated muck from tunnels is
placed at the identified areas in the manner as
specified.
Don’t allow the contractor to uthe excavated muck fr
tunnelling on other works unl
otherwise approved.9. Make sure that the drilling and blasting techniques
being used by the contractor for different rock
conditions are based on the field trials / blasting
design.
Don’t allow charging and blastactivities during thunderstorms
similar environments.
Don’t allow use of any explosivwithout the express permission
authorities concerned.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 82/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-68
10. Ensure that any damage caused by improper
blasting is repaired immediately and any unstable
or loose material appearing during excavation is
removed.
Don’t permit blasting by personsother than licensed experts.
No disintegration and loosening of
rock mass around the excavated
tunnel should be allowed.
11. Make sure that all blasting events are recorded
along with details.
Don’t forget to perform the ‘Alarm
system’ and ‘All clear’ signal before,during & after blasting operations.
12. Ensure transport of explosives in the approved
explosive van as per regulations in force.
Don’t allow preparation of chargesinside the tunnel.
13. Inspect the surfaces of excavated sections to
determine the quality and conditions of supports
as the excavation advances.
Don’t allow excavations andinstallation of support elements
without prior approval of working
cycles of respective ground
conditions.
14. Ensure drilling of feeler or pilot holes ahead of
excavation, wherever necessary, to determine in
advance the nature of materials to be excavated orthe existence of natural cavities or faults or water
or gases.
Don’t allow over- excavation
beyond the specified limits &
payment lines.
15. Strictly check that all the protective and safety
measures including fire- fighting equipment as
required have been provided.
Don’t allow excavation to proceed ifany lack of compliance is observed
ith regard to the requisite
protective and safety measures.
16. Maintain access to the site for emergency vehicles
at all times.
17. Ensure adequate maintenance and calibration of
all geotechnical instruments installed.
Don’t let the persons other thangeotechnical experts handle these
instruments.18. Take all necessary precautions so that the
instruments are not damaged.
19. Before shotcreting/concreting begins, ensure
availability of a work progress chart giving details
of work operations, calibration of batching and
mixing plant & procedures to produce best quality
product.
Unsatisfactory equipment viz
shotcreting machines, concrete
pumps, nozzles, dosage pumps and
mixing plant etc. having
insufficient capacity and
inadequate operational quality
should not be allowed to be used.
20. Ensure compatibility of accelerating admixtures
only after lab tests.
Don’t allow use of accelerating
agents having chloride content as
these can aggravate steel corrosion
or adversely affect the strength
development of shotcrete.
21. Make sure that the minimum cement content &
compressive strength of shotcrete complies with
minimum M: 25 concrete.
No loose or clogged material or
any adherent rebound from
previous shotcreting should be
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 83/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-69
allowed to remain on the surf
when fresh shotcrete is sprayed
22. Ensure that all steel parts such as wire, reinforcing
steel, mesh, ribs etc. are covered neatly with at
least 3 cm of shotcrete.
The mixing time of cement a
aggregates for shotcrete shall n
be less than 60 seconds a
shotcreting should not be allow
unless placing can be completwithin a period of 90 minutes fr
the time of mixing.
23. Prevent dust & slush formation as much as
possible during spraying of shotcrete.
24. Make sure that aggregates for shotcreting are
stored in sufficient quantities and in proper
manner so that purity and aggregate composition
remain unchanged.
25. The water-cement ratio of fresh shotcrete in place
should be kept between 0.35 and 0.50.
Don’t, at all, ignore taking necesscourse of action as specified, in c
the cores of shotcrete fail and domeet the strength requirements.
To ensure that: -
Minimum of shrinkage cracks and as smooth finished surface as possible.
All tunnelling steel supports to be used are as per specifications & pre-tested for quality.
Supports can be in the form of wire mesh (welded wire fabrics), reinforcing steel bars, rties, rock bolts, anchors, steel ribs, lattice girders, advance supports (fore poling pipes, spietc.),steel lagging sheets etc.
No concreting work should be started unless all the I.S. and international standards ha
been agreed upon.
Before concreting work is commenced, Verify that all design dimensions and levels are as pexecution drawings.
Concrete work and reinforcing steel work is carried out strictly in accordance with tquality control of the materials employed and in conformity with the execution drawings.
Adequate means are available to protect the fresh concrete from running water, rain, frovibrations, hot & cold weather conditions or other detrimental impacts.
All equipment, plant, tools, facilities are available & operational to warrant uninterrupconcreting work for the part or section in commencement of important welding operatioat the site.
Constant records of all important data regarding the quality and stability of the structuare kept at site e.g. periods of individual concrete operations, air temperatures & weathconditions, test specimens, test results of concrete strengths, water-cement ratio, cemeaggregates, mix proportions, welds in reinforcing bars etc.
Aggregates for concrete are obtained from the specified quarries only & quarry site shall
inspected periodically.
In no case should concreting of any lift be started unless sufficient aggregate is on handcomplete the lift.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 84/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-70
CHAPTER XII
CONTROL ON CONCRETE MATERIALS
The strength ultimately achieved by concrete is governed by many factors, the
foremost among them being the characteristics of its ingredients.
Lack of uniformity in the ingredients is a major cause of variation in concrete quality. Itis therefore essential to minimize variations in the ingredients to manufacture concrete of
fairly uniform quality.
The concrete ingredients comprise
Cement. Aggregates. Water.
Chemical Admixture. Curing Compounds.
Control on quality of these materials is explained hereunder: -
12.1 Cement
12.1.1 Source of cement
Cements from different sources display variations in their strength characteristics.
Cement from the same source may also show significant differences in properties over a
period between batches and production.
When process and quality controls in the cement plants is adequate, in-plant variation
between batches up to 8% (coefficient of variation in strength) can be expected.
A relatively higher coefficient of variation is often observed in the cements
manufactured in our country, it is therefore recommended that the project authorities
including QA/QC officials should visit the cement plants once in six months to: -
Follow-up the quality of cement being produced and supplied for project construction.
Study various operations of cement manufacturing and monitor the testing facilities at
the plant laboratory particularly the following, and suggest improvements to minimize
the variations;
Level of alkali content. Quality and quantities of puzzolanas. Free lime in clinker.
Use & quality of dry fly ash. Testing for heat hydration etc.
12.1.2 Storage and Handling of Cement
The following guidelines for storage and handling of cement should be followed: -
Cement should be stored in water tight buildings, bins or silos which will exclude
moisture and contaminants.
Cement bags should not be stored on damp floors and should rest on pellets.
Cement bags should be stacked close together to reduce air circulation, and should not
be stacked against walls.
Cement bags to be stored for long periods should be covered with water-proof
covering.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 85/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-71
On smaller or the jobs where no shed is available, bags should be placed on rais
wooden platforms and covered with water proofing material.
Cement stored for longer periods may develop ‘warehouse pack’ (sort of hardnewhich can be corrected by rolling the bags on the floor.
At the time of use, cement should be free-flowing and free of lumps.
If the lumps do not break easily, the cement should be tested afresh before use.
When removing bags for use, the oldest cement should be taken out first. Cement more than three months old should be tested afresh before use.
When bulk cement is to be hauled in open trucks, it should be thoroughly protec
from moisture and wind.
12.2Aggregates
12.2.1Aggregate Characteristics
The aggregate characteristics significant to concrete technology are deriv
from microstructure of materials, prior exposure and processing factors.
Based on above factors, the aggregates can be divided into following groups: -
Characteristics dependent on porosity: Density, Moisture absorption, Strength, HardneElastic modulus and Soundness.
Characteristics dependent on prior exposure and processing factors: Particle size, Shaand Surface texture.
Characteristics dependent on chemical and mineralogical composition: StrengHardness, Elastic modulus and Deleterious substances.
12.2.2Quality of Aggregates
The quality of aggregates for the production of concrete largely depends up
appropriate specifications, effective selection and handling.
Aggregates as delivered to the weigh batchers or batching and mixing plant should
of good quality and uniform in grading.
The most important physical characteristics of an aggregate and their significan
limits for its control are briefly described below: -
Strength: At least as strong as the specified strength of cement matrix.
Cleanliness: Free from dust, mica, clay and organic impurities which adversely aff
strength and durability.
Porosity: A porous aggregate will tend to produce a porous concrete. Some poros
however, results in a higher bond between aggregate and the cement paste.
Particle shape: Flakiness (crisp fragments) reduces the workability and hence calls
greater cement content in the mix. Percentage of unfavourable shapes (flat & elongat
particles) should not exceed 30% by weight. Special care should be taken in the design
concrete mix if this limit exceeds.
Roughness: It leads to some loss in workability; however a rough surface provide
better bond with the cement matrix.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 86/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-72
Grading: IS: 383-1970 (Tables 2 & 4) is the guideline for passes in % by weight through
sieves. If several fractions are mixed, the passages should not deviate from grading curve
by more than 5% of the total weight.
Reactivity: It is inert in relation to the cement chemistry and environment. Avoid using
aggregate containing soluble silica such as opal, chert or containing excessive quartz
which reacts strongly with the highly alkaline cement & can set up disruptive pressure
within concrete.Other deleterious substances:
Less than 2% mica mixed with other deleterious substances. Less than 2% of coal or other expanding components. No compound which will inhibit setting and hardening of concrete and reduce its
strength by more than 10%. No deleterious amount of salt which will reduce the protection of reinforcement against
corrosion.
No soluble salts which may result in efflorescence (white crystalline or powdery depositon concrete) or may corrode the reinforcement and affect the setting time.
Avoid Sulphide minerals since they lead to ‘rust staining’ on finished concrete.
Avoid aggregates having a high dry shrinkage as they can result in rapid deterioration ofconcrete viz cracks and excessive deflection.
Also refer to 12.2.4 regarding harmful materials in aggregates.
12.2.3 Control on gradation of Coarse and Fine aggregates
The overall grading of an aggregate has a significant effect on the economy of
producing concrete mix with the specified strength.
Coarse and fine aggregates having considerable range of grading can be used equally
well to produce concrete of the same workability and strength provided these are used in
relative proportions of desired overall grading.
Control on undersize materials: Coarse aggregate
For effective control of gradation, it is essential that handling operations do notsignificantly increase the undersize in concrete.
The gradation of aggregate as it enters the concrete mixer should be uniform and withinspecified limits.
Screen analysis (particle size distribution) of the coarse aggregate should be made frequently to assure that grading requirements are met.
Rescreening the coarse aggregate at the batching plant will effectively eliminate or
reduce the objectionable undersize materials when handling methods are not
satisfactory. Fine aggregate
Variations in grading of fine aggregates shall be controlled by keeping finer fractionsuniform and exercising care to avoid excessive removal of fines during processing.
The amount and nature of materials finer than 75 μm should be given special attention.
Excessive quantities of such material increase the mixing water requirement, rate ofslump loss, drying shrinkage and thus decrease the strength.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 87/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-73
Different size fractions should be blended/mixed as they flow into a stream frregulating gates or feeders in the plant. The most positive method of control for a wrange of plant and job condition is separate storage, handling and batching of the fand coarse fractions.
12.2.4 Harmful materials in aggregates
The effects of harmful materials present in aggregates should be well understood
that these can be adequately controlled. The effects are given below;
Sr. No. Harmful Materials/Substances Effect on concrete
1. Organic impurities. Affect setting & hardening causing
deterioration.
2. Material finer than 90μm. Affects bond, increases water requirement.
3. Coal, lignite and other light weight
material.
Affect durability, causes stains/pop outs.
4. Soft particles. Affect durability.
5. Clay lumps & friable particles. Affect workability & durability & pop outs.
6. Alkali reactive aggregates. Abnormal expansion, map-pattern cracking
12.2.5Sampling of aggregate
Samples of finished aggregate for test should be representative of the sum of mater
as it will be when batched and mixed.
Samples may be taken from conveyor, bins, cars, stockpiles etc. and in accordance w
the methods of selecting test samples of aggregates as given in IS: 2430-1986.
12.2.6 Storage & handling of aggregates
Aggregate should be handled and stored in a manner that it minimizes segregation a
prevents contamination by deleterious substances.
Stockpiles should be built by layers of uniform thickness and the floor of the stockpshall be shaped to a uniform smooth surface.
Partition between adjoining compartments should be high enough to prev
intermixing of materials. To ensure that this condition is met, any test for determini
conformance to requirement for cleanness and gravity should be performed on t
sample secured from aggregates at the point of batching.
Stockpiles should not be constructed at locations or methods that will interfere
damage any utilities such as power lines, telephone lines, pipe lines, and undergrou
utilities.
The side slopes of the stockpile shall not be steeper than 1.5 (H):1 (V).
12.3 Water
A popular criterion as to the suitability of water for manufacturing concrete is “If wais fit for drinking it is fit for making concrete”.
But this criterion does not appear to be the basis for evaluation since water containi
small amount of sugar or citrate is suitable for drinking but not for making concrete. On t
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 88/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-74
other hand, water containing certain biological impurities may not be potable but may be
acceptable for use in concrete.
An acceptable limit of impurities depends primarily upon the quality of concrete and
exposure to weathering.
The guidelines for acceptable quality of water for mixing and curing concrete are
specified in IS: 456 for plain and reinforced concrete and IS: 1373 for pre-stressed
concrete.
12.4 Chemical Admixtures
12.4.1 Need for use of admixtures
An admixture is a material other than water, aggregates, hydraulic cement and fiber
reinforcement used as an ingredient of concrete or mortar, and added to the batch
immediately before or during or after mixing.
Admixtures are generally used to modify the properties of fresh and hardened
concrete, mortar and grout.
The most common reasons of using an admixture are to alter the workability, control
setting, pumping qualities or strength development of concrete or to facilitate reuse of
forms or improve appearance.
When specifying/using admixtures, careful attention should be given to the
manufacturer’s instructions as well as the possible adverse effects of combining more
than one admixture.
12.4.2 Classification of admixtures & their function in concrete
Sr. No. Type of admixture Function in concrete
1. Type I - Accelerating Accelerates setting time and earlydevelopment of strength.
2. Type II - Retarding Retards setting of concrete.
3. Type III - Water reducing Reduces the quantity of net mixing water
required to produce concrete of a given
consistency relative to the water content of an
equivalent concrete mixture at nominally
equal air content.
4. Type IV - Air entraining Causes air to be incorporated in the form of
small bubbles to improve workability and
frost resistance.
12.4.3 Physical requirements of admixtures
Concrete with admixture should be tested for water requirement, time of setting,
compressive strength, length of change after days of drying and bleeding, relative to
that of a reference concrete not containing chemical admixture.
Admixtures to be used for use in concrete should meet the specifications of IS: 9103.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 89/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-75
12.4.4 Uniformity requirements of admixtures
Any batch of admixture shall have the same composition as that of the admixtu
tested for acceptance.
Sr.No. Characteristic Method Requirement Test(ASTM
Standard)
1. Water retention Loss of water not more than 0.55
kg/m2 of surface in 72 hrs.
C 156
2. Reflectance (white pigmented
compound)
Exhibit a day light reflectance of
not less than 60% of that of Mgo.
E 97
3. Drying time
Dry to touch
Tracky or track off concrete
when walked upon
Within 4 hrs.
Within 12 hrs.
E 97
4. Long term setting Rating between 4 to 10 D 1309/D 865. Non-volatile content
Class A (Natural or petroleum
based)
Class B (Resin materials)
D 1644
Admixture uniformity test requirements
Admixture tests shall be in accordance with British Standard
BA: Part 3:1985 and satisfy the requirements as given below: -
Sr. No. Characteristics Permissible deviation from the value stated b
the manufacturer
1. Dry material content
Liquid admixtures
Solid admixtures
3%
5%
2. Ash content Admixtures containing chloride content give v
variable results for content therefore test a
requirement may be waived for admixtures wh
contain more than 1% of chloride content.
3. Relative density
(Liquid admixture)
(-+) 0.02%
4. Super Plasticizer ASTM: C 494
12.4.5 Curing Compounds
Concrete must be properly cured to develop optimum properties and for adequ
supply of moisture to ensure sufficient hydration to a level that the desired strength a
durability can be achieved.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 90/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-76
The methods and materials for curing are as under: -
Water Curing: For supply of additional moisture as well as prevention of moisture loss.
Sealed Curing: To prevent loss of moisture only.
Materials for curing
Water proofed paper, plastic sheeting and curing membrane are the most commonly
used materials for sealed curing.
Water proofed paper or plastic sheeting should be applied as soon as the surface has
hardened sufficiently to prevent surface damage and after the concrete has been
thoroughly wetted.
Specifications for sheet materials are given in ASTM: C171.
Membrane-forming curing compounds are formulated from resins, waxes or synthetic
rubbers dissolved in a volatile solvent or emulsified in water.
Curing compounds shall be applied, immediately after final finishing of concrete, by
hand-operated or power driven spray equipment to give smooth even surface. Theconcrete surface normally should be damp when coating is applied.
Upon removal of the solvent by evaporation, an almost impermeable membrane forms
on the surface and seals the concrete against the moisture loss. White pigment added
to the formulation will reduce absorption of heat and to see that complete curing has
been applied.
Curing compounds can prevent bond between hardened and fresh concrete or other
floor surfacing materials. When bond is necessary, either they should not be used or
the compound selected should be high strength bonding agent with high solid
contents.
Specification requirements for membrane curing compounds are given in ASTM: C309.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 91/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-77
CHAPTER – XIII
MONITORING THROUGH CONTROL CHARTS
Monitoring of quality control and assessment of the trend of quality control be
exercised by the Project management is best done through control charts. Control charts ar
very convenient device to keep track of monitoring of a random variable for quality cont
purposes.
Preparation of quality control reports and control charts is considered to be a v
step towards the process of achieving good construction quality. The Control Charts should
used as a dynamic tool and should be prepared as a concurrent exercise as the work procee
The charts should be constantly scanned to identify indication of any significant deviation
quality and initiate the remedial action promptly.
Useful guidelines on control charts for concrete are given in ACI 214-77
“Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete”. IS: 397 (Partto III) also cover control charts for general and special applications in industrial production
The charts are based on compressive strengths of cement and concrete test specime
Control charts for cement strengths are for different test ages (i.e. 3, 7 and 28 days) and a
both for strengths of individual test and moving average of five tests over periods of tim
Control charts for concrete and cement strengths are constructed in similar manner.
In addition to the incoming test data, the control charts also incorporate cert
reference lines constituting a framework within which the degree of control actually achiev
is assessed and remedial measures initiated where called for. The reference lines are term
the “Warning” and “Action” Limits. These limits provide feed-back for timely remedmeasures.
Preparation of control charts for cement & concrete is illustrated as under: -
12.1 CONTROL CHARTS FOR CONCRETE STRENGTHS
1. Control Charts
An illustrative set of compressive strength data (hypothetical data) and its furth
analysis for incorporation in a typical set of control charts is shown in Table A.
It is assumed that 3 companion specimen samples (a, b and c) are made from ea
homogeneous batch and constitute a “test”. Thirty such tests are covered in this Table.
One master chart incorporating all the raw data and three supplemental scatter cha
for closer scrutiny of i) the Central tendency, ii) ‘Within-test’ and iii) ‘Between-test’ scatter discussed. The data used is hypothetical and for illustrative purpose only.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 92/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-78
Location
on x-
axis of
chart
Strength of individual
companion
specimens
Test
value
’T’(mean
of a, b
& c)
Moving
average
of ‘T’(five
tests)
Within-test
range
Between-test (or
batch to batch) range
a b c Range R
of a , b, c
Moving
average
RangeR (Ten
tests)
Moving
Range
R (Fivetests)
Moving
average
Range(Five
ranges)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. 191 193 195 193 - 4 - - -
2. 181 185 186 184 - 5 - - -
3. 183 188 187 186 - 5 - - -
4. 198 195 192 195 - 6 - - -
5. 166 173 171 170 185.6 7 - 25 -
6. 177 176 172 175 182.0 5 - 20 -
7. 150 146 148 148 174.8 4 - 47 -
8. 187 191 192 190 175.6 5 - 47 -9. 214 211 211 212 179.0 3 - 64 40.6
10. 212 217 216 215 188.0 5 4.9 67 49.0
11. 232 231 227 230 199.0 5 5.0 82 61.4
12. 218 218 224 220 213.4 6 5.1 40 60.0
13. 192 194 190 192 213.8 4 5.0 38 58.2
14. 181 182 177 180 207.4 5 4.9 50 55.4
15. 190 192 194 192 202.8 4 4.6 50 52.0
16. 198 199 194 197 196.2 5 4.6 40 43.6
17. 197 197 200 198 191.8 3 4.5 18 39.2
18. 180 183 183 182 189.8 3 4.3 18 35.219. 190 191 195 192 192.2 5 4.5 16 28.4
20. 197 198 190 195 192.8 8 4.8 16 21.6
21. 187 189 194 190 191.4 7 5.0 16 16.8
22. 197 188 191 192 190.2 9 5.3 13 15.8
23. 240 244 236 240 201.8 8 5.7 50 22.2
24. 208 208 214 210 205.4 6 5.8 50 29.0
25. 155 150 151 152 196.8 5 5.9 88 43.4
26. 152 147 145 148 188.4 7 6.1 92 58.6
27. 168 166 161 165 183.0 7 6.5 92 74.4
28. 193 198 200 197 174.4 7 6.9 62 76.8
29. 222 214 215 217 175.8 8 7.2 69 80.630. 187 188 195 190 183.4 8 7.2 69 76.8
i)
Master Chart
The x-axis indicates the chronological order of tests (col. 1 of the Table). Strengths of
the individual companion specimens constituting a given “test” (Cols. 2 to 4), are plotted oneabove the other along the ordinate and their mean values (col. 5) representing each “test” arejoined to generate the Chart.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 93/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-79
ii)
Moving-average strength Chart
As the relatively wide variations in the individual ‘test’ values tend to mask the centtendency, each test value is averaged with a certain number of previous tests (4 in this c
making a total of 5) and this “moving average”, viz. average of 5 consecutive tests (col. 6)plotted.
iii)
Within-test Moving-average Range Chart
In order to monitor the variation introduced by the testing technique itself, the mov
average of a certain number of ranges (10 in this case), exhibited by each of the sets o
companion specimens (col. 7), worked out under col. 8 are plotted in this chart. The ran
between the maximum 5 consecutive tests, as shown in Col. 7 is also plotted.
iv)
Between-test Moving-average Range Chart
This chart monitors the overall batch to batch variation of the production. It shows
moving average (col. 10) of a certain number of ranges (5 in this case) exhibited by a giv
number of consecutive tests (again 5 in this case), as shown under col.9.
It should be noted that other combinations of the number of companion specimens a
the number of values used for determining the moving averages, etc. can be treated in t
same manner. Each test may represent daily or shift-wise work.
2.
Control Limits
a)
For use in Master chart
The target average strength (TAV) and control limits can be estimated depending
the percentage of random test values permitt ed to fall below the specified or “characteriststrength (fsp) in terms of the standard deviation (d) or coefficient of variation (C
corresponding to the degree of control aimed at. These are tabulated below for use in
master chart.
No. of tests permitted to
fall below specified
strength (fsp)
Target average
strength
‘X’ (TAV)
Lower control limits Uppe
limits
(optionWarning Limit Action Limit
5% Fsp+1.65d or fsp/1-
1.65Cv/100
fsp X-3d or
X(1-3Cv/100)
Symmetricall
placed above tar
average line
20% Fsp+0.84d or fsp/1-0.84Cv/100
fsp X-3d orX(1-3Cv/100)
It should be noted that permissible low values up to 5% are applicable to concr
tests acceptance criteria as per IS: 456-2000 as well as to the cement tests wher
permissible low values up to 20% are applicable to mass concrete tests.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 94/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-80
b)
For use in Moving Average Strength chart
The target value would be the same as tabulated above, but for control limit, d is
replaced by d/√n, where n is the number of tests considered for calculating the movingaverages.
c) For use in Moving Average Range chart
Upper and lower control limits can be worked out, if needed but these are not
symmetrically located above the target average line. Only the target average range values
corresponding to the standard deviation (d) or coefficient of variation (Cv) aimed at, are
usually incorporated. Their computation is somewhat more complex.
Target average range = β d or β X Cv/100
Where, X = Target average strength as estimated earlier
β = The coefficient depending on the number of companion specimens for within-test
control or the number of tests considered for obtaining the range in the case of between-test
control and not the number of ranges considered for obtaining their moving average.
Coefficients of variation (Cv) to be used for estimation of the target average range are given
below:
Sr. No. Variation being monitored Cv used for control
1. Within-test variations under
closely controlled laboratory
conditions.
2-3%
2. Within-test variations under well
controlled site conditions.
5-6%
3. Between-test i.e. batch to batchvariation in cement strength.
As mutually agreed by supplier and consumer,but not more than 8%.
4. Between-test i.e. batch to batch
variation in concrete strength.
As envisaged for the mix design depending on
the anticipated degree of control at site.
3. Target average strength (TAV):
TAV is worked out as: -
i)
fsp + 0.84 d for mass concrete.
ii) fsp + 1.65 d for structural concrete conforming to IS : 456
(Standard deviation d is what is assumed for mix design)
For mass concrete, coefficient of variation Cv is assumed as 15% and the target
average strength is 160 + 0.84 d.
Then Cv = 15%= d/160+0.84d
Solving, d = 27.5 kg/cm2
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 95/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-81
Target av. Strength (TAV)
= 160 + 0.84 x 27.5 i.e. [fsp + 0.84 d]
= 183 kg/cm2
Upper warning limit (UWL) = 183 + 0.84 d i.e. TAV+0.84 d
= 206 kg / cm2
Lower warning limit (LWL) = 160 kg/cm2 i.e. fsp
Upper action limit (UAL) = 183 + 3 x 27.5 i.e. TAV + 3d
= 265 kg / 27.5
Lower action limit (LAL) = 183 - 3 d i.e. TAV – 3d
= 101 kg / cm2
The control chart for individual 28-day strength of mass concrete, incorporating th
limits is exhibited in plate IA.
CONTROL CHART FOR 28 DAYS STRENGTH OF
MASS CONCRETE - INDIVIDUAL TESTS
1
90
100
160
180
10
200
250
280
20 30
265
206
101 C O M P R E S S I V E S T R E N G T H K g
/ c m 2
SEQUENTIAL DATE STARTING
Designed TAV = Fsp+0.84d183
fsp = Lower warning Limit
TAV + 0.84d Upper warning Limi
TAV + 3d = Upper Action Lim
TAV – 3d = Lower Action Limit
Chart not to exact scale
PLATE IA
For moving average of 5 tests, the construction of control chart starts with T
decided as above for individual tests i.e. 183 kg/cm2 for mass concrete at 28 days.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 96/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-82
The upper and lower warning limits are:
183+- 0.84 x 27.5 /√5 i.e. 220 & 146 kg / cm2 respectively.
The control chart incorporating these limits is exhibited in plate IB.
The lower action limit (LAL) shall, in no case, be lower than the absolute minimum
strength wherever specified. IS: 456 specifies on over riding absolute minimum of 0.8 times
the characteristic concrete strength.
CONTROL CHART FOR 28 DAYS STRENGTH OF
MASS CONCRETE – MOVING AVERAGE
1
120
160
180
10
280
20 30
C O M P R E S S I V E S T R E N G T H K g / c m 2
SEQUENTIAL DATE STARTING
Designed TAV183
TAV –
(0.84d 5) = Lower warning Limit
TAV +( 0.84d 5 ) =Upper W.L.
TAV + (3d 5 ) = Upper Action Limit
Lo wer Action Limit = TA V – 3d 5
Chart not to exact scale
PLATE IB
140
240
173
220
193
146
13.2 CONTROL CHARTS FOR CEMENT STRENGTHS
Control charts for cement strengths should be for different test ages i.e. 3, 7& 28 days
and both for strengths of individual tests as well as for moving average of 5 tests.
i) For the control chart of strength results of individual tests, designed TAV should be as
mutually agreed between the supplier and the project, essentially based on past
records.
For example, let us assume that target average 7-day strength of cement for a
particular work from a particular plant is agreed to be 400 kg/cm2. The control limits (WL &
AL) should be decided on the basis of standard deviation (d) or coefficient of variation (Cv) asmutually agreed
on the basis of past records, but Cv should not be greater than 8%.
Suppose, in the above example, a Cv of 5% is agreed, then standard deviation is 400 x
5% = 20 kg/cm2.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 97/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-83
The upper and lower warning limits are set as,
400 +- 1.65 x 20 i.e. (TAV+- 1.65d) i.e. 433 and 367 kg/cm2 respectively.
The upper and lower action limits are set as,
400+- 3x20 i.e. (TAV+- 3d) i.e. 460 and 340 kg/cm2 respectively.
The LAL (Lower Action Limit) should in no case be lower than the minimum specifi
strength as per IS: 269 or IS:1409 [220 kg/cm2 at 7 days].
Such a control chart for strength of individual tests of cement is shown in plate 2A.
CONTROL CHART FOR 7 DAYS CEMENT STRENGTH
- INDIVIDUAL TESTS
1
320
367
10
480
20 30
460
433
340 C O M P R
E S S I V E S T R E N G T H K g / c m 2
SEQUENTIAL DATE STARTING
Designed TAV400
TAV - 1.65d = Lower warning Limit
TAV + 1.65d Upper warning Limit
TAV + 3d = Upper Action Limit
TAV – 3d = Lower Action Limit
Chart not to exact scale
PLATE 2A
ii)
For the control chart of moving average of 5 cement samples, the upper and lowwarning limits are set as,
400+- 1.65x20/√5 i.e. (TAV+- 1.65d/√5) i.e. 415 and 385 kg/cm2 respectively.
The upper and lower action limits are set as,
400+- 3x20/ √5 i.e. (TAV+- 3d/ √5) i.e. 427 and 373 kg/cm2 respectively.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 98/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-84
Such a typical chart is shown in plate 2B
Acceptable level of variability of cement
The variability characteristics of cement as received in different consignments can be
related to the control charts as described above.
The cement content in the same batch of concrete mix as assessed by the observation
of the batch or from the automatic records shall be within 1.5% of the specified value.
If the cement content is assessed by the analysis of fresh concrete, it shall be within +-
8% of the specified value.
So far as the compliance requirements for the various other properties of concrete and
concrete materials are concerned, the same will be governed by the provisions in therelevant Indian Standards or the specifications laid down in the contract documents,
wherever the later override.
13.3 SOME USEFUL RELATIONSHIPS
STANDARD DEVIATION (I.S. 10262 - 1962)
The estimated standard deviation of given grade of concrete can be calculated from the
result of individual tests of concrete, using the formula:
S= √∑Δ2/n-1
Where = The deviation of the individual test strength from the average strength of‘n’ samples
N = number of samples test results.
If at least 30 test results for a particular grade of concrete at site with the same
materials and equipment are not available, the standard deviation, S, for the corresponding
degree of control, may be assumed from the following tabulation, given (IS: 10262 - 1982)
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 99/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-85
Table-I (Degree of Control)
Sr.
No.
Grade of Concrete Assumed Standard Deviation (S in N/mm2 )
Very Good Good Fair
1. M10 2.0 2.3 3.3
2. M15 2.5 3.5 4.5
3. M20 3.6 4.6 5.6
4. M25 4.3 5.3 6.3
5. M30 5.0 6.0 7.0
6. M35 6.3 6.3 7.3
7. M40 6.6 6.6 7.6
Degree of Field Control (as per I.S. 10262 - 1982)
Degree of Control Condition of Production
Very Good: - Fresh cement from single source and regular tests, weigh- batching of
materials, control of aggregate, grading and moisture content, contro
water added, frequent supervision, regular workability and strengtests, and good field laboratory facilities.
Good: - Carefully stored cement and periodic tests; weigh-batching of
materials, controlled water, graded aggregate, occasional grading a
moisture tests; periodic check of workability and strength; intermitte
supervision, and experienced workers.
Fair: - Proper storage of cement; volume batching of all aggregates, allowing
bulking of sand: weigh-batching of cement; water content controlled
inspection of mix, and occasional supervision and tests.
Acceptance Criteria (As per IS: 456 - 2000)
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements when both
following conditions are met:
The mean strength determined from any group of four consecutive test resu
complies with the appropriate limits in col. 2 of Table I.
Any individual test result complied with the appropriate limits in col 3 of Table-I.
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
When both the following conditions are met, the concrete is complied with tspecified flexural strength.
The mean strength determined from any group of four consecutive test results excee
the specified characteristics strength by at least 0.3 N/mm2
The strength determined from any test result is not less than the specif
characteristic strength less 0.3 N/mm2.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 100/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-86
Specified
grade
Mean of the group of 4 non-overlapping consecutive test
results in N/mm2
Individual test
results in N/mm2
M15 > fck + 0.825 x established standard deviation (rounded off
to nearest 0.5 N/mm2) or > fck + 3 N/mm2 whichever is
greater
> fck - 3 N/mm2
M 20 or
above
> fck + 0.825 x established standard deviation (rounded off
to nearest 0.5 N/mm2) or > fck + 4 N/mm2 whichever isgreater
> fck - 4 N/mm2
NOTE: - In the absence of established value of standard deviation; the values given in Table
may be assumed, and attempt should be made to obtain results of 30 samples as
early as possible to establish the value of standard deviation.
INSPECTION OF STRUCTURES
Immediately after stripping the formwork, all concrete should be carefully inspected
and any defective work or small defects either removed or made good before concrete has
thoroughly hardened.
In case of doubt regarding the grade of concrete used, either due to poor workmanship
or based on results of cube strength tests, compressive strength tests of concrete on the basis
of and/or load test may be carried out.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 101/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-87
CHAPTER XIV
COMPILATION OF QUALITY CONTROL DATA
& INFORMATION SYSTEM
14.1 Data, Information & Information system
The data are the facts that have been obtained by measurement or observation or t
results and subsequently have been documented.
Data are used as basic input for processing through reasoning or calculation or bo
Data becomes information when they have been put through this conversion process
Information to be useful to the user must be helpful in discharging the responsibil
assigned to him.
The information system in the present context is collection of data, processing it a
then communicating the data relating to quality which would support decision-mak
by providing accurate and relevant information at the appropriate time.
Communication is an essential and most important part of the information system. Inot complete unless it engenders a response from the person to whom it is directed.
QC/QA system can be successful only if good communication exists between all t
involved parties and when adequate, relevant and high quality information is pass
throughout the whole of management system.
To look after documentation and information system, a separate focal official should
identified who will be responsible for storage, retrieval and safe custody of all t
documents generated through tests and inspections and also for processing of data.
14.2 Responsibility Chart
The duties of each of the members with respect to their contribution to the collecti
storage and retrieval of information should be clearly defined.
Each official who has been assigned responsibility for inspection or testing of mater
shall be responsible for submitting related inspection or test report, as appropriate
his next level of authority.
A responsibility chart (typical chart shown below) will indicate the documentat
activity assigned to each official working in the QA/QC department and laboratories.
The official concerned shall also be responsible for the technical content and accura
as well as its legibility, retention and validity.
Records prepared by the concerned official should be signed or otherw
authenticated and dated by his immediate supervisor as well as by the head of the filaboratory.
A separate document should be created for holding information on non-conform
items/materials as well as for tracking the same.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 102/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-88
D O C U M E N T I N G
ACTIVITY1.TEST REPORTS
2.INSPECTION REPORTS
3.MATERIALCERTIFICATION
4.STATISTICAL
EVALUATION
5.PERMANENT RECORD& RETRIEVAL
Legend
Documentation
$
Verification
@
Certification
* Approval
1
Safe Custody
SC
PERSONNEL
J O / J
E / R A
A E / A R O
D e
p u t y
M a n
a g e r
M
a n a g
e r
/ A R O S e n i o r
M a n a
g e r
/ R O
$
$
$
@
@
@
*SC 1
*SC
*SC
1
1
1$ @SC
$ SC
TYPICAL RESPONSIBILITY CHART
14.3 List of Documents-Check List
Each laboratory should hold the following documentation: -
QC procedures, QC manual and quality plan.
Technical records: Specifications, Contract documents, Inspection & Test procedures,
relevant standards & codes of practice.
Records of calibrations of measuring and test equipment.
Mill certification.
Corrective action reports (CAR).
Material test reports.
Inspection reports.
Photographic/Video film records, particularly those of concreting and underground
portions of construction which may not remain accessible aftercompletion/commissioning of the project.
Non-conformance records.
Concrete Batching plant printout. Tracking reports.
Statistical evaluation reports.
Personnel qualification reports.
Audit reports.
Technical literatures & Manufacturers’ instructions.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 103/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-89
Quality control data should be compiled on continuous basis and reports prepared
a booklet form at regular intervals. These reports should include the following: -
Brief report of the project for which the data is compiled.
Index Plan.
Geologist’s reports de pending upon the nature of the project.
Note on foundation treatment, grouting pattern etc.
Nature of input materials like soil, cement, aggregates, steels and their source of supply
Test reports on input materials and acceptance criteria as laid in IS and other standard
Design of concrete mixes.
Summary of records and reports on grouting as specified in IS: 6066-1984.
Test reports on concrete like slump, compressive strength etc.
Control charts for cement and cement concrete i.e. Master charts, moving avera
strength and range charts etc.
Statement showing deployment of machinery.
Statement showing quality of concrete and earthwork executed and number of cube te
conducted.
14.4 Standardization of Records
The officials responsible for the Test record should document the following records: -
Data of test.
Area where the material is used.
Test method with reference to standards.
Test results.
Acceptance criteria.
Statement of compliance or non-compliance.
Remarks.
Testing personnel signature.
Signatures of immediate supervisor & head of laboratory.
Similar documentation should be followed for Inspection records.
14.5 Presentation of Information
To have uniformity in presentation and in order to provide a “check list”, it wouldnecessary to standardize suitable forms for testing of materials and for inspecti
Sufficient quantity of such forms should be made available at the laboratories by t
official responsible for procurement and stocking of all such forms.
Special attention should be given to the way in which the information can be presento the decision maker so that it may be assimilated in an efficient manner and in
precise format as possible. Control charts are one such presentation.
Visual displays on the control charts greatly enhance the communication
information. Control charts should be provided for all critical items including cu
tests, slumps, concrete temperature, air content and aggregate gradation.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 104/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-90
14.6 Indexing of Records
An index should be established and maintained to identify and retrieve a specific
record or records by the designated individual. The indexing could follow a pattern suggested
herein below as an example: -
Example: -
Laboratory code ML Main laboratory
Function TST Testing
Task CEM Cement
Sub-Task PHY Physical
Calendar Year 10 2010
The code for a particular set of records may be written as ML/TST/CEM/PHY/10.
This is probably the first level of indexing; the number of secondary keys shall be
enhanced on computer.
14.7 Value of Information
Information must primarily possess characteristics of relevance, availability and
timeliness to have value and thus qualify as information.
Measures of value or quality of information are especially important in a quality
control system. Measures of quality are validity, accuracy and precision.
Even if information is presented in such a way as to be transmitted efficiently and
interpreted correctly, it may not be used effectively. In fact, quality of information is
determined as to how it motivates human action and contributes to effective decision
making.
Information may be evaluated in terms of utilities which may facilitate or retard its
use. These utilities are given below: -
1. Form Utility: - If the form of information matches more closely with the
requirements of the decision maker, its value increases e.g. if he is
looking for a graph depicting the history of concrete strength, he
appreciates receiving the data in a graphical form (control charts)
rather than in tabular form.
2. Time Utility: - Information has greater value to the decision maker if it is
available when needed. For each of the critical information, time
frame should be stipulated. One specific example is theinformation of non-conforming items reaching the focal official
for taking timely decision.
3. Place Utility: -
(Accessibility)
Information has a greater value if it can be assessed or delivered
easily. It is very important to have the information available at the
place desired. It is suggested to create focal position in each of the
laboratories to be responsible for retrieval of information.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 105/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-91
14.8 Data Life Cycle
Data can have various stages in its own life-cycle namely: -
Data generation: at the laboratories in the form of test and inspection reports.
Data storage: the generated data is stored in the documents, microfilms, electromedia etc. in a suitable form before it is operated upon.
Retrieving the data: the stored data may have to be retrieved by searching out spec
elements from the medium in which it was stored.
Reproduction of data: the retrieved data may be converted or reproduced to
presentation format by way of reports, charts etc.
Interpretation of data: sometimes, the data may be synthesized to give a meaning
interpretation such as, summary reports, trend reports and exception reports etc.
Destruction of data: It is necessary to identify data in the context of its ‘useful li
which may be designated as 5 years, 10 years or archival. Destruction of data is t
terminal stage of the life cycle.
14.9 Data Processing
Data processing can be done in a variety of ways, ranging from basic manual devic
like registers, index cards etc. to Electronic Data Processing (EDP) using compu
hard ware & soft ware.
The vast amount of data handling connected with storage, processing and retrieval
information can be conveniently done through computerized system witho
intermittent human intervention.
Advances in communication technology have made it possible to exchange informat
through computerized system on real-time basis. Integrating these facilities into
cohesive environment would provide a low cost, effective, time-saving and automatQC system.
Despite the fact that computer is an efficient tool for processing data, the vital eleme
in an information system is the human one; it is the managerial talent that designs a
operates a successful QC system.
While designing the computerized information system, it may be necessary to inclu
the following features;
The system should be user friendly so that personnel with little knowledgecomputers can also operate.
The system should be flexible to cater to relevant changes in methodologies achanged parameters.
Validation of input data, wherever possible to ensure correctness of data.
Production of required management information system reports, routine reports et Alerting the users to exceptional conditions.
Data security through password feature for access to data base files and conducting required operations on the data base.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 106/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (Civil Works) Page-92
14.10 Movement of test reports
The chart showing movement of test reports including documentation and record is given
below: -
Movement of Reports
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 107/195
Himachal Pradesh
Power Corporation Limited
Part-II
Hydro Mechanical Works
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 108/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-1
CHAPTER – 1
INSPECTION OF INCOMING MATERIALS
AND PARTS OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES
Structural Steel & Stainless Steel
1.0 Scope:
This standard covers the requirement of steel plates, strips, sections, flats,
bars etc., for the use of structural works.
As per purchase order/Approved drawing the material inspection shall be carried
out.
1.1 References:
IS 961: Structural steel micro alloyed ( medium and high strength qualities)
IS 1852: Rolling cutting tolerance for hot rolled steel products
IS 2062: Steel for General structural purposes
IS 1608: Mechanical testing of metals
IS 1599: Method of Bend test
1.2 Freedom from defects:
All finished steel shall be well and cleanly rolled to the dimensions, sections
and weights specified. The finished material shall be free from cracks, surface flaws,
laminations, rough jagged and imperfect edges and all other harmful defects.
1.3 Chemical composition:See annex – 1
1.4 Selection and Preparation of Test Samples As per IS 1608.
1.5 Round test samples are permitted for above 28mm thickness. Bars below
28mm shall be tested without machining. Bars with thickness/diameter between
28mm and 71mm the bars may be symmetrically reduced by machining. For bars
above 71mm thickness/diameter the test samples shall be cut in such a manner
that deformation is avoided as far as possible. If shearing/flame cutting is employed
an adequate allowance shall be left for removal by machining. Before test samples
are detached full particulars regarding cast number, size and mass of plates, strips,flats and bars in each case shall be furnished.
1.6 Tensile Test
1.6.1 Number of tensile tests:
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 109/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-2
Bend test shall be made from finished steel for every 40t or part there of
rolled continuously, from each cast and for every class of product. For more than
one diameter/thickness of bar/section in processed, one additional tensile test shall
be made for each variation in 3mm diameter / 6mm thickness of the material
ordered.
1.6.2 Tensile test – See Annex.
1.7 Bend Test:
Bend test shall be made from finished steel from each cast, if mentioned in
purchase order. The number of tests for every 20t of material, or part of thereof,
rolled continuously. Test piece shall be cut length wise or cross wise for plates and
strips and length wise from sections, flats and bars, Rough edges may be removed
by filing/grinding.
1.7.1 Bend test – See Annex.
1.8 RETEST:
Should any one of the test pieces first selected fail to pass any of the tests
specified, two further samples shall be selected for testing in respect of each failure.
Should the test pieces from both these additional samples pass, the material
represented by the test samples shall be deemed to comply with the requirements
of that particular test. Should the test pieces from each of these additional sample
fail, the material represented by the test samples shall be considered as not having
compiled with the standard.
1.9 TOLERENCES:
1.9.1 BEAMS AND COLUMNS
Width
in mm
Toleran
ces
in mm
Depth
in mm
Tolera
n-ces
in mm
Width
in mm
Flange out
of Square /
out of
parallel
in mm
Depth
in mm
Off –
centre
web(in
mm)
maximu
m
0-100 2.0 0–200 2.0 0–
100
3.0 (max) 0 – 300
101–
125
2.5 201-
400
3.0 101–
250
30% of
flangewidth
(max).
301–
450
126–
250 4.0 401-
600 4.0 451–
600
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 110/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-3
Weight: Tolerance on weight per meter shall be + / - 2.5 % of the weight per meter
specified on the table (will be add afterwards)
1.9.2 Camber and sweep: Permissible limit is 0.2% of total length
Quality and out of square – It shall be 75% of total tolerance (plus and minus)
specified on the size.
1.9.3 Weight – the tolerances on the weight per meter for round and square bars
shall be the following %age of calculated weight per meter specified in IS 1732.
1.9.4 ROLLING TOLERANCES FOR FLATS
Width in mm Tolerances in mm Thickness in mm Tolerances in mm
0 - 50 1.0 Up & including 12 0.5
50 – 75 1.5
75 – 100 2.0 Over 12 4 % ( 1.5 mm)
Above 100 2% ( 6.0mm)
Weight – The tolerance on weight per meter shall be 5 % in the case of flats of
3mm in thickness and +5, -3 % for flats over 3mm in thickness of the weight per
meter specified in IS 1731.
1.9.5 ROLLING AND CUTTING TOLERANCE FOR PLATES
Length in mm Width in mm Thickness in mm Tolerances on Width in mm
Up to and
including
8000
Up to and
including
2000
Up to &
including 20
Over 20
- 0.0/ +10
- 0.0 / + 15
Up to and
including
8000
Over 2000 Up to &
including 20
Over 20
- 0.0 / + 0.5% of width
- 0.0 / 20mm
Over 8000 All Widths Up to &
including 8000
Over 20
- 0.0 / + 0.2 % of width
- 0.0 / +0.3 % of width
Size in mm Tolerance in mm
Over Up and including
--- 25 0.5
25 35 0.6
35 50 0.850 80 1.0
80 100 1.3
100 --- 1.6 % of dia / side width
Size in mm Tolerance in mm
Over Up and including
--- 10 7
10 16 5
16 --- 3
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 111/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-4
1.9.6 LENGTH
Length in mm Thickness in mm Tolerances on Width in mm
Up to and including
2200
Up to & including 20
Over 20
- 0.0/ 10
- 0.0 / 15
Over 2200 & including
3000
Up to & including 20
Over 20
- 0.0 / + 0.5%
- 0.0 / 15mm
Over 3000 & including
6300
Up to & including 20
Over 20
- 0.0 / + 0.5 %
- 0.0 / + 0.5 %Over 6300 and
including 8000
Up to & including 20
Over 20
- 0.0 / + 35
- 0.0 / + 0.5 %
Up to & including 20
Over 20
- 0.0 / 35
- 0.0 / 40
Thickness (Measure one point each at 1. Corners, 2. Middle of width, Middle of
Length)
Thickness in mm Tolerances on Width in mm
Less than 8 mm + 12.5 / -5.0
8mm to 12 mm ( including) + 7.5 / - 5.0
Over 12mm + 5.0 / - 5.0
Weight – shall not vary by more than +5 / - 2.5 % of theoretical weight.
1.10 INSPECTION OF UNDERSLUNG HOIST:
All the electrical and mechanical drawing of the under slung hoist shall be
approved by designs department.
TEST AT MANUFACTURE’S WORKS:
1. All electrical and mechanical equipments shall be t ested at manufacturer’s
works as per the bill of materials in the drawing.
2. The hoist shall be connected with control panel and pendent. The hoist shall be
fully assembled with motor, limit switches, brakes and pendent wiring through
cable ducts.
3. The hoist testing shall start with 70% safe working load. The motor current
shall be checked and shall be within 80% of the rated full load current of the
rated full load current of each motor. Normal speeds shall be achieved during
testing. The hoist shall be capable of lifting load from mid air.
4.
Test for the effectiveness of the automatic safety device to limit the upward anddownward travel of the hook.
5. Test for operation shall be conducted with safe working load. The motor current
shall be checked and shall be within the rated full load current of each motor at
safe working load. Normal speeds shall be achieved during full load tests. The
hoist shall be capable of lifting load from mid air.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 112/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-5
The satisfactory operation of each controller, switch, contractor, relay and
other control devices and in particular the correct operation of all the limit
switches under the most unfavorable condition;
The correctness of all circuit and interlock and sequence of operation; and
The satisfactory operation of all protective devices.
6. Test for over loading shall be conducted with 125% of safe working load. During
the over load test, the hoist shall sustain the load under full control. The
specified speeds need not be attained, but the hoist shall show itself capable ofdealing with the over load without difficulty. Also the hoist shall be capable of
lifting the load from mid air.
7. The brakes shall be capable of holding the over load when the load is suspended
by the hook.
1.11 TEST CERTIFICATES:
The Test certificates for all motors, brakes, hook, wire rope, panel, shafts and
pins, and trolley wheel etc., shall be supplied by the manufacturer at the time of
testing. Maintenance and operator manual shall also be supplied.
1.12 DETAILS OF TESTING:
1. Over all dimensions
2. Head room
3. Hoist and long travel speed ( shall be within 10% of designed value) [ No load,
70% load, full load]
4. Operating currents for hoist and long travel ( No Load, 70% load, Full load)
5. Height of lift
6. Motor, brake and limit switch specification.
IS 1030
1.13 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTS:
Non-destructive testing shall be applied if specified in the enquiry and order.
Under this heading are grouped the tests which aim at revealing defects cannot be
revealed by a simple visual examination, such as penetrant, magnetic particle,
ultrasonic, X-radiographic inspection; also including under this heading are tests on
the surface condition by visual or visual – tactile examination.
The Purchase order and enquiry shall specify:
1. The type of non–destructive testing which intends to carry out or to have carried
out;
2. The area and areas of the casting to which these tests apply, and the types of
discontinuity;
3. The severity level defining the acceptability of defects which may be revealed;
4. Whether the manufacturer is or is not responsible for carrying out the tests.
1.14 REPAIR OF CASTINGS:
Unless otherwise specified in the enquiry and order, castings may be
rectified by welding. All repairs by welding shall be carried out in accordance with
the procedure laid down in IS 5530: 1986.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 113/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-6
If castings have been subjected to non – destructive testing by agreement, the
castings shall be re-examined in the area of repair following any rectifying
operation performed on the castings.
To form the basis of an agreement between the purchaser and supplier in this
aspect, the following classification shall apply concerning extent of repair:
1. Weld repair involving a depth not exceeding 20% of the wall thickness or 25mm,
whichever is less, shall be termed as minor repair.
2.
Any weld repair exceeding the above shall be termed as a major repair. Also anysingle repair having an area exceeding 250mm square for every mm of wall
thickness shall also be deemed to be a major repair, regardless of the
considerations mentioned in (1.) above.
1.15 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION:
The manufacturer shall carry out analysis from a sample of each melt of steel
and, if so specified by the purchase at the time of enquiry and order, shall supply a
test certificate of chemical analysis of the sample of steel for reach melt.
The permissible variation in product analysis from the limits specified shall be given
in IS6001.
1.16 TOLERANCES:
The purchaser shall specify the tolerances on all important dimensions. On
other dimensions, tolerances specified in IS4897 shall apply.
1.17 FREEDOM FROM DEFECTS:
All the castings shall be free from defects that will be adversely affect
machining and utility of castings. When necessary to remove risers or gates by
flame or a combination thereof, or by any other process is preferably done before
heat treatment.
In the event of any casting proving defective from foundry causes in the course ofpreparation, machining or erection, such castings may be rejected not withstanding
any previous certificate of satisfactory testing and / or inspection.
1.18 HEAT TREATMENT:
All Castings shall be heat – treated in a properly constructed furnace, having
adequate means of temperature control and the surface shall permit the whole
casting, being uniformly heated to the necessary temperature. All casting shall be
suitably heat- treated so as to attain suitable mechanical properties.
Unless otherwise specified at the time of enquiry and order or agreed between
manufacturer and Purchaser, all castings shall be carefully annealed or normalized
or normalized and tempered.
1.19 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES:
The mechanical properties specified are those which are to be obtained from
test bars cast either separately from or attached to the castings which they refer.
The test values so exhibited, therefore represent the quality of steel from which the
castings have been poured; then do not represent properties of castings themselves.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 114/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-7
The minimum tensile strength, yield stress and elongation given in annex 1.
If so specified in the enquiry and order the bend test shall be carried out.
The test pieces shall be capable of being bent cold without fracture to an angle
mentioned in the table round a mandrel of 50mm.
1.20 INSPECTION OF BOUGHTOUT ITEMS:
1.20.1 Reduction Unit:
Following aspects are to be checked while inspection.
1. Size
2. Type
3. Ratio
4. Input HP & Speed
5. Output Torque
6. Shaft handling extended both sides LH, RH or dimensional limit specified.
7. Running test temperature of Oil & soundness Measurement.
8. Special conditions
a.
Efficiency if any
b. Self locking facility
c. Over all dimensions as per approved drawing
9. Main components : Material Tc and Heat treatment charts if any.
1.20.2 Wire Ropes IS 2266 – 2000:
Following aspects shall be considered
1. Diameter 2. Type of core 3. Lay
4. Galvanized / Un-galvanized 5. UTS 6. Breaking Load
7.
Any other special conditions
1.20.3 Plummer Blocks:
1. Type 2. Make 3. Dimensional check
4. Solid Base / Hallow Base 5. Material
1.20.4 Couplings:
1. Bore Dia. 2. Dimensional inspection 3. Material of the parts
1.20.5 Clutches:
1. Type 2. Hub diameter w.r.t. Shaft of motor/Gear box
1.20.6 Bearings:
1. Type Bearing 2. Dimensional Inspection
3. Type of Cage 4. Comparison of Static and dynamic capacity with charts available
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 115/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-8
1.20.7 Motors IS 325:
Following aspects are to be checked
1. HP (KW rating) 2. RPM 3. Mounting type
4. Shaft Extension 5. Terminal box position 6. Insulation Type
7. Voltage rating 8. IP Protection 9. Duty factor cooling
system
10.
Name plate ratingdetails 11.
Special conditions if any 12.
Over all finishing & outlook
1.20.8 Brakes:
A. Electro Magnetic Brake Hand release
B. Thruster Hand release
C. DC Brakes
1. Size of Brake
2. Rating capacity
3. Coil voltage etc.,
1.20.9 PVC Insulated Cables:
A. PVC Insulated armored cables IS
1554.
B.
Elastomer Insulated cables IS 9968C. PVC Insulated flexible cables IS 694
1. Size
2. Diameter
3.
Make4. Continuity check
1.20.10 Control Panels:
1. Operational check 2. Make
1.20.11 References – IS Codes:
1. IS 2062 - 2006 Structural Steel
2. IS 2004 - 1991 Forged Steel
3.
IS 1030 - 1989 Cast Steel
4. IS 2707 - 1996 Carbon Cast Steel
5. IS 318 - 1981 Leaded tin bronze
6. IS 305 – 1981 Aluminum Bronze
7. IS 6911 – 1992 Stainless Steel
8. IS 4622 – 2003 Vertical Lift Gates
9. 9. IS 1608 – 1972 for Mechanical Test Sample
10. 10. IS 7718 – 1991 Inspection of Vertical and slide gates
11. 11. IS 10096 – 1992 Inspection of Radial Gates and Rope drum hoists
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 116/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-9
1.20.12 Quality Assurance plan for Manufacture, Installation and Commissioning of hydraulic gates and handling equipments
Agreement
No:_________
Gate No :
________
Dated :
_________
S.No Component CharacteristicsContract
clauseType of
checkQuantityof check
Ref.document
AcceptanceNorm
Format
orRecord Agency
Remarks1 Rem
1
RAW
MATERIALS
1.1
Hot rolled
plates,section
and RolledRounds
Physicalproperties VMTC 1 for batch
Co-relation
ofTC IS : 2062
MTC orIR MQC
Reviewed
byDQC
Reviconq
thirQC
1.2Chemical
Properties do do do do do do do
1.3
Dimensional
Check Msrmt. Random/Full IS : 1852 IS : 1852 IR do do
1.4
Ultrasonic
Check for UT Ex. 100% IS : 3664 Level III IR do
Witnessed
by
Laminations IS:3664 PQC
Note : Heat numbers of plates may be recorded for co-relating the T.C.
2
CAST Steel -
Items.
2.1
Guide Roller
Assy.
& trunnion
assy
Physical
properties
Mech. Test
with test
bar 1 per heat IS - 1030 IS - 1030 TC MQC
Reviewed
and
witnessed
by
DQC
Revi
conq
T
2.2
Chemical
properties Chemical do do do do do do
analysis
2.3 Heat treatment Verification do do do HC do do
Ht. chart
2.4 Dimensions Msrmt. 100% do do IR do do
2.5 U T testing UT Ex. do IS : 3664 IS : 3664 do do do
2.6 Hardness Hardness
As specified
In App Drg App.Drg Tolerance 10 do do do
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 117/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-10
S.
No Component Characteristics
Contract
clause
Type of
check
Qualityof
check
Ref.
document
Acceptance
Norm
Formator
Record Agency
Remarks
1
Remar
2
3 FORGINGS
3.1 Shafts
Physical
properties VMTC
Entire
Lot IS : 1608 IS : 2004 or MTC MQC
Reviewed
by
Review
and
Pins etc. IS : 1875 DQC
conquer
by TQ
3.2
Chemical
properties do do IS : 2004 do MTC do do do
3.3 Bend test do do do do do do do do
3.4 Heat treatment HC do do do do do do do
3.5 Dimensions Msrmt. 100% App.Drg
No
significantdefect IR do do do
4
STAINLESS
STEEL
4.1Plates for Seal
SeatsPhysical
properties VTC 100%
IS: 1570
PartVIS : 6911
IS: 1570
PartVIS : 6911 TC MQC
Reviewedby
DQC
Review
andconque
by
TQCand pins for
rollers
4.2
Chemical
properties do do do do do do do do
4.3 Hardness Msrmt. do do do IR do do do
4.4 Dimensions do do do do do do do do
4.5 Surface defects Visual do App.Drg App.Drg TR do do do
inspection
4.6U.T. tests for
internal UT test do IS : 3664 Level III IR do do do
defects IS : 3664
Remarks
1
Remar
2
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 118/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-11
S.No Component Characteristics
Contract
clause
Type of
check
Quality
of
check Ref. document
Acceptance
Norm
Format
or
Record Agenc
5 RUBBER
5.1 Rubber Seals Physical properties
i) Hardness after VTC
Random
one IS : 11855 IS : 11885 TC or IR MQC
valcanisingfor
batch
ii)Elongation do do do do do do
iii) Tensile strength do do do do do do
iv) Water
absorption test do do do do do do
v) Dimensions Msrmt. 100% App.Drg App.Drg IR do
Note : Only moulded seals are to be used and no extrution seals are to be accepted
6 BOUGHT OUTS
6.1Bolts and
Nuts Hardware items VTC Random App.Drg App.Drg TC MQC
Bearings etc.
6.2Specification and
make do do do do do do
6.3 Dimensional check Msrmt. do do do IR do
6.4 Physical properties VTC do IS : 1367 IS : 1367 TC do
6.5
Chemical
properties do do do do do Do
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 119/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-12
S.N
o Component Characteristics
Contract
clause
Type of
check
Quality
of check
Ref.
document
Acceptance
Norm
Formator
Record Agency Remarks 1 Remark
7 WELDING
7.1 Fillet welds
Weld procedure
for fillet Verification Random WPS IS - 3658 IR MQC
Reviewed
or
Review
and
and butt
welds and butt welds
of
document IS - 3664
Witnessed
by
conquer
by
DQC TQC
7.2
Qualification of
welders do Random WQR IS - 7318 do do do
7.3
Quality of fillet
welds Visual Random IS - 3658
No
significant do do Reviewed by do
defectspurchase
Rep.
7.4
Quality of butt
welds.Butt D.P 100% Level iii
weld 6 mm
plates and U.T 10% IS - 3664 IS - 3664 do do do do
up to 20 mm. R.T IS - 3657No
significant do do do do
defects
8FABRICATION
OF
GATE PARTS
Dimensionalinspection Msrmt. Each App. Drg. App. Drg. IR MQC
Reviewedand
Reviewand
Witnessed
DQC
conquer
by TQC
8.1 Skin plateAssy. do do do do 2mm do do do do
8.2
Horizontal
girders d0 do do do 2mm do do do do
8.3
Arms
Assembly do do do do 2mm do do do do
LH + RH
8.4Tie between
trunions do do do do 2mm do do do do
8.5
Trunion
Assembly do do do do 1mm do do do do
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 120/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-13
S.N
o Component Characteristics
Contract
clause
Type of
check
Quality
of check
Ref.
document
Acceptance
Norm
Formator
Record Agency Remarks 1 Remark
9
EMBEDDED
PARTS
9.1
Welding of
tie flats LH Msrmt. Each App. Drg. App. Drg. IR MQC Reviewed by
Review
and
with butt
weld DQC
conquer
by TQC
Welding oftie flats RH do do do 2mm do do do do
with buttweld
9.2 Welding oftie flats to LH - Top do do do 2mm do do do do
Yoke girder
web LH - Bottom
9.3 do RH - Top do do do 1mm do do do do
RH - Bottom
Note : 1. Each existing gate vent wise dimensions are to be measured prior to fabrication of the tie flats.
The weld is to be carried out with butt weld 100% X - Ray and after Quality Check the band stress relieved.
2.After tie flats are made alright the yoke girder web to tie f lats weld is to be done with required size of fillet weld and checked with DPI to ensure frfrom cracks. A record is to be maintained gate wise.
10 PAINTING
10.1 GatesSurface
preparation Visual Random App. Drg.App.Drg. IR MQC
Witnessedby
Reviewand
Tech spn Tech spn DQC
conquer
by
TQC10.2 Primer coat do do do do do do do do
10.3
Intermediate
coat do do do do do do do do
10.4 Finish coat do do do do do do do do
10.5
Thickness of
paint Msrmt. do do do do do do do
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 121/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-14
S.
No
Componen
t
Characteristic
s
Contrac
t
clause
Type of
check
Qualit
y
of
check
Ref.
documen
t
Acceptanc
e
Norm
Forma
t or
Recor
d
Agenc
y
Remarks
1
Remar
2
11.
1
Check for
critical
dimensions Msrmt. Each
App. Drg.
Tech spn
App. Drg.
Tech spn IR MQC
Witnesse
d by
DQC
Review
and
conque
d by
TQC
11.
2
Balancing of
gate
Verificatio
n do do do do do do do
11.
3 Dry test Visual do do do do do do do
11.
4
Wet test /
leakage test Visual do do do do do do do
11.
5
Static head
load test do do do do do do do do
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 122/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-15
1.20.13 List of Abbreviation :
1 V Verification 9 RT Radio Graphic Test
2 VMTC
Verification
of Material
Test
Certificate 10 Appd.Drg Approved Drawings
3 TC
Test
Certificate 11 VTC Verification of Test Certificate.
4 HC Heat Chart 12 Msrmt Measurement
5 IRInspection
Report 13 WQR Welders Qualification Record
6 MTC
Material
Test
Certificate 14 WPS Weld Procedure Specification
7 UT
Ultrasonic
Testing 15 MQC Manufacturer Quality Control
8 DP
Die
Penetrating
Test 16 DQC Department Quality Control
17 TQC Third Party Quality Control
Note : .1. The above procedure is the model to be adopted. The manufacturer shall prepare detailed QC assurance plan based
on their experiences and concurence of engineer's incharge is to be obtained before starting the activity.
2. The Gate wise QC records are to be maintained and obtaining TQC concurence 5 copies of each document is to
furnished for record and final acceptence.
Manufacturee QC
Department
QC Third Party QC
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 123/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-16
1.20.14 Steel Plates for Penstock
Pressure Vessel quality Steel plates or the equivalent are normally used for the
fabrication of Penstock and its specials/accessories. Each steel plate shall be ultrasonically
tested as per ASTM-A-578 and should be free from indentation, projection, roll marks or
any other defects.
Additional requirement for ASTM quality steel plates
i)
Permissible variation under & above in specified width and length shall be in
accordance with ASTM-A-20 M
ii) Negative tolerance on thickness shall not be acceptable; whereas positive tolerance in
thickness shall be as per ASTM-A-20 M.
iii) Marking shall be made on each steel plate, indicating thereon, name or brand of the
manufacturer, heat and slab number, specification number and grade, class,
dimensions, weight and type etc, in accordance with ASTM-A-20-M
iv) Marking shall be done by steel die stamping and/or by stenciling.
v) Edges of each steel plate shall be sheared from all four sides.
vi) Tolerance in squareness shall be ensured to the maximum accuracy. The diagonal
difference will not exceed 1% of the nominal width.vii) Necessary test certificates or photo copies thereof relating to mechanical properties,
chemical composition, ultrasonic testing and heat treatment temperature etc. of steel
plates supplied shall be furnished by the supplier for each plate/heat before the actual
shipment. Various tests shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
ASTM-A-20-M and other relevant ASTM standards.
1.20.15 Inspection of Steel Plates
Steel plates to be used shall be duly inspected either by Mills authorized
Inspector or by a third party. However, such inspection shall also be witnessed by the
representative(s) of the Purchaser.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 124/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-17
CHAPTER – 2
WELDING DETAILS
For Hydraulic gates manufacture
2.0 Welding processes are mainly three viz, metal arc welding, Gas and submerged
welding, and submerged arc welding. Each provides a means of melting the metal at
the joint to be welded and generally, a means of adding additional metal to the joint.
This paper discusses in general the welding and related processes for the
installation of anchors and other embedded metal parts gate leaf for the hydraulic
gates and its handling equipment.
Most widely used process throughout most industries is metal are welding. Nearly
all metals, ferrous and non- ferrous can be welded. The main features of this process are as
follows:
Immediate heating.
Depth of fusion and heating is fixed by electrode type size and current and can be
controlled somewhat but not closely, by the operator.
Nearly all metals can be welded. Welding can be carried out in all positions.
Wide range of thickness can be welded.
2.1 Specification:
Welding shall be carried out in accordance with the specifications mentioned in some of the
codes:
IS – 813 – 1986: Scheme of symbols for welding
IS – 814 – 1981: Covered electrodes for metal are welding of structural steel.
IS – 816 – 1969: Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction
in mild steel.
IS – 822 – 1970: Code of procedure for inspection of welds
IS – 9595 – 1996: Code of metal arc welding of carbon manganese steels
Some of the precautions to be borne in the mind while welding are
2.2 Preparation of Base Material:
The grooves may be prepared by machine flame cutting. All oil, grease, paint, loose
scale etc., shall be removed from the vicinity of the weld prior to welding. Notches or other
surface defects resulting from preparation shall be ground smooth before joint is welded.
Shearing of plates shall only be permitted on edges of secondary material which will
be welded all edges of primary material must be machine flame cut or if sheared, must beplanned to a depth of 6mm.
Material thicker than 40mm and up to 60mm shall be preheated to 65C before
flame cutting or welding.
Material thicker than 60mm shall be preheated to 104C before flame cutting and or
welding.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 125/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-18
2.3 Assembly:
Assembly of gate parts shall be carried out as per the drawings. Wherever
temporary welds are used the same are to be removed and grounded wherever necessary.
If braces are required to support the flanges of girders during assembly and handling
temporary welds must not be used to attach the braces to the flanges.
2.4 Welding Processes:
The welding shall be carried out as per the code of practices of IS standards and the
methods finalized with the in house expertise.
The most widely used welding process in sites is shielded metal arc welding
(SMAW).
2.5 Weld Consumables:
2.5.1 Welding of Carbon steel to carbon steel:
E7018 low hydrogen electrodes, confirming to specification CSA W48.1 must be used.
2.5.2 Welding of Carbon Steel to stainless steel:
(IS 2062 to IS 1570 / 30Cr13)
E 308 – 16 or E 308L – 16 Stainless steel electrodes confirming to specification CSA 48.2
must be used. Alternatively E 309 – 16 or E 309 L – 16 stainless steel electrodes can be
used for Ni – 8 to 10 steel.
2.5.3 Welding of Stainless steel to cast steel:
E 308 – 16 or 308 L – 16 Stainless steel electrodes confirming to specification CSA W48.2must be used.
An electrode comparison chart is enclosed. The consumption of electrodes per
meter length for fillet and butt welds is also enclosed.
2.6 Storage of Electrodes:
All electrodes are to be handled as explained below:
All electrode containers arriving at the site shall be examined for damage. Damaged
containers shall be returned to the supplier.
Immediately upon opening each can of electrodes the contents shall be placed in a
holding oven held at a temperature of 90 to 120C
When electrodes have been out of the holding oven for a period of time exceeding 4
hours they shall be returned to the holding oven for a minimum soaking period of 4
hours before again being withdrawn.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 126/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-19
a ) DOWN HEAD
b) V
c) H
d) O
2.7 Welding Position:
The different weld positions are shown in fig.1:
2.8 Nature of Current:
AC or DC current may be used. Since the welding current costs from a very small
proportion of the total costs of a welding job it is enough if data of current consumption are
given by means of standard values, which have been determined for definitely typical
welding conditions.
Some of standard values for current consumption per electrode are as below: -
Electrode type
Power Consumption per electrode (KWH)
Electrode length (mm)
350mm 450mm3 ¼ 4 5 3 ¼ 4 5
Citobest 0.106 ---- ---- ---- 0.204 0.304
Overcord 0.114 ---- ---- ---- 0.220 0.328
Overcord – S ---- ---- ---- 0.160 0.225 0.340
Overcord – SS ---- ---- ---- 0.194 0.292 0.460
Supercito ---- ---- ---- 0.158 0.240 0.372
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 127/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-20
2.9 Tack Welds:
Tack welds shall be made by qualified fitters, tackers, or welders and are subject to
the same quality and preheat requirements as final welds.
Tack welds shall be held to the minimum size necessary to hold the members in
proper orientation during welding but shall not be less than 40mm and more than 70mm
long.
Tack welds and temporary welds which are not incorporated into the final weld
shall be removed and the surface made flush with original surface.
2.10 Precautions for Quality welds:
Each bead and layer shall be thoroughly cleaned of all slag and spatter before the
next bead or layer is deposited.
Welds shall be free from cracks, tears and gross porosity. Defective welds shall be
removed by gauging, chipping or grinding and the joint re welded in accordance with the
specification. Where complete penetration welds are to b e welded from both sides, the
root of the first side welded shall be gauged to sound metal before the second side is
welded.
When welding in the vertical position, the progression shall be upwards for all passes.
2.11 Limitation of fillet weld: As per IS 9595: 1996
The fillet welds connecting parts, the fusion faces of which form an angle of more
than 128 or less than 60 should not be relied upon to transmit calculated loads at the full
working stresses unless permitted to do so by the standards of the particular application.
The design throat thickness of the flat or convex fillet weld connecting parts the
fusion faces of which form an angle between 60 and 120, may be derived by multiplying
the leg length by the approximate factor as follows:
2.11.1 Angle between fusion faces
in Degrees
Factor by which leg length is
multiplied to give designthroat thickness
60-90 0.70
91-100 0.65
101-106 0.60
107-113 0.55
114-120 0.50
Minimum sizes of fillet welds shall be as given below to avoid cracking.
2.11.2 Thickness of thicker part Size of fillet Weld
in mmOver in mm Up to and including in mm
---- 6 3
6 12 4
12 18 6
18 36 8
36 56 10
56 150 12
150 ---- 16
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 128/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-21
a l a
L
13 L (APPRO)
AA
A
SKIN PLATE
150 TO 180
B
100
100
60°
ALL BUTT WELDS ARE
FULL STRENGTH AND
100% X-RAY WELD
THICKNESS 8
TO 10MM
2.12 Joint locations of hydraulic gates:
For any fabrication getting full length plates and sections were difficult task and are
to be welded to form the desired length and size by metal arc welding. By joining two parts
by welding always have some deficiency though we take lot of precautions.
The joints are chosen at safe zones even in case of 90% efficiency of joint the desired
factor of safety can be achieved.
Some of the tips where the joints are proposed are as follows:.
2.12.1.1 Vertical lift Gates:
Joint in skin plate: Joints in skin plate are more important and hence full strength
butt welds of X-ray quality adopted / achieved.
The required skin plate size is to be made independently with available plates using
butt welds and after checking the welds layout is to be made from centre line of vent
marking on skin plate and proceed to either side to fix vertical stiffeners, girders
and end girder / End box.
As far as possible number of joints shall be minimized or eliminated.
2.12.1.2 Joints in Horizontal girders where ever possible: The joint in the horizontal girder shall be at 1/3 of span or near by with a variation
of 500 to 800mm because at this zone the shear and bending is moderate. No joint
is to be made at centre of span where max. bending moment occur.
No joint shall be provided in tension flange at point (A) and (B) for safety. This isbecause the project failed in our country is mostly due to the failure of this joint and
hence advised.
The joints in flange and web are to be staggered as shown
In assembly the welding joints in the girders are also staggered while welding.
Horizontal Girder
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 129/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-22
SKIN PLATE
E
H
2 0 0
500
LIFTING ARRANGEMENT
PADDING
1 3 5
HORIZONTAL GIRDER
2.12.1.3 Welding of horizontal girders to end vertical or end box:
The weld is more important to transfer the shear load from horizontal girder to end
box. Due to vibration under partial operation this weld generally develops cracks in a
span of 3 to 5 years operation. One is to be careful in doing this weld and also the welds
are to be checked during maintenance..
2.12.1.4 Lifting Arrangement:
Lifting arrangement is very important part in gate where in the total load
takes full load while lifting. Hence the load is to be transmitted for at least two
girders.
The weld strength shall be sufficient to take care of load under normal working
condition and also under break – down torque condition of motor loading.
The bracket is to be located over full depth stiffener as shown to avoid additional
bending on YY direction to horizontal girder.
For better performance the lifting bracket shall be fixed matching the C.G of the gate
duly checking the C. G of gate after completion of manufacture and assembly.
2.12.1.5 All other welds are also more important and continuous one to control the rus
The intermittent welds are to be avoided in hydraulic structures because at the points
where no weld corrosion is rusted and got damaged. In case if one wants to go for
intermittent weld the surface of matching plates at jointare to be machined and set one
over the other as required without gap to control the rusting.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 130/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-23
STAGGERING SHALL
BE MIN 50MM
t
2
2
60°
t
2
2
60°
t
2
2
60°
Min 50 - 75mm
SKIN PLATE
VERTICAL TEE
2.12.2 Radial Gates:
2.12.2.1 Skin plate assembly with vertical stiffeners:
The fabricator must be aware about the joints to be proposed. For larger gates
the skin plate shall be made with vertical as well as horizontal joints and careshall be taken that joints ate to be staggered and crucify joints ( ┼ ) shall not be
used.
All welds welded in jig shall be prepared with D/S opening as shown.
All site welds shall be proposed with welding from U/S open to facilitate welding
after alignment with down hand position.
The skin plate joint is so located that there will be at-least 50 – 75 mm minimum
gap from Tee weld.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 131/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-24
C L O F B O T T O M
H - G I R D E R
C L O F 2nd
H - G I R D E R
CL O F 3r d H - GI RDE R
S K I N
P L A T E S
FDESIGN
I D
E A L L O C A T O N F O R J O I N T
SF BM
If the horizontal joints are proposed in skin plate the joints in tees also should be
staggered as shown to improve the efficiency of system.
The location of horizontal joint is made where bending moment is less for safety.
No joint is provided at centre of span / support where max. bending moment
occurs
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 132/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-25
LC
A BC
LC OF ARM LC OF ARM
IDEAL LOCATION FOR JOINT
t
1
0 T O 1 2 T H K
60° SKIN PLATE
t
60°SEALING WELD AT SIDES AFTER
ASSEMBLY AND ALIGNMENT
SKIN PLATE
Where ever the X-ray or UT is not possible it is better to go for backing plate.
The thickness of backing plate may be up to 8mm to mm and width of plate may be
80 to 100 mm. Alternatively if the skin plate manufacture is carried out in shop assembly
the joint may be proposed as follows for easy assembly at site and sealing run is to be made
for leak proof .
Note: where ever shop assembly of skin plate care shall be exercised to get accurate vent
width in construction otherwise gate cannot be matched to suit the vent.
2.12.2.2 Horizontal girders:
For joining the required size of plate butt welds of full strength 100% X-ray quality
welds are to be provided. For bigger gates considering the material availability
handling facilities etc., one or two site joints are provided to suit the requirement..
For all practical purposes avoiding the site joint will be safest method. The
location of joint may be adopted at minimum bending moment zone and no joint
is to be provided at max. bending moment zone i.e., centre of the span.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 133/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-26
BB
THE WELD MAY BE AVOIDED
AT BENDS FOR SAFETY
OTHER WISE ONE HAS TO
ENSURE THE JOINT IS 100%
FULL STRENGTH WELD.
FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD
A
B
75 75
150
60°
30 30 1
0
1 0
ALL BUTT WELDS ARE
FULL STRENGTH AND
100% X-RAY QUALITY WELD
2 7 0
5 0
9 0
9 0
500
4 0 0
5 0
2 1 0
2 3 0
8 0 0
2 7 0
5 0
9 0
9 0
500
4 0 0
ELEVATION
10832
11300
B
B
A
A
61.6
200 200
400
350 350
12000
17.116°
234
8 0 0
61.6
200200
400
350
17.116°
234
TRUNNION LH TRUNNION RH
TIE BETWEEN
TRUNNION
TIE BETWEEN TRUNNION
The typical joint for Horizontal girder is as follows:
The other parts are to be welded joints with continue welds. And the sizes of weld maybe provided as per IS 9595.
2.12.2.3 Tie between trunnion:
The tie between trunnion is provided to take care of lateral loads as tensions
between trunnions,
No. of projects (Radial gates were failed on account of failure of Tie between welds.
The tie between trunnion is to be welded to cast steel trunnion.
The history speaks that these welds are developing cracks after few years of
operation. In some projects the weld provided is insufficient and there is no
record of weld inspection.
In some projects the welding has done only on top and no weld is provided at thebottom and sides. People are taking advantage if quality checks are not made. At
the same time one has to remember these structures have to withstand the
water loads.
By experience it is better to provide tie between trunnion to the gate size max.
15.0M X 10.0M and for bigger gates it is better to go for the thrust block, so that
the lateral load can be transferred directly to pier through bracket flange.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 134/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-27
SEC-BB
50
6
165165
90 9075 75
5
4 7 5
50
6
2 7 0
5 0
9 0
9
0
500
4 0 0
11300
4 0 0
10802
5 0
2 1 0
2 3 0
DETAIL-A
17.116°
61.6
200 200
400
17.116°
234
The sequence of welding shall be as follows:
I.
First weld the center thick plate with low hydrogen electrode (7018).
II.
Weld the bottom flange to thicker plate.
III.
Trim the tie between trunnion length exact required and lower the same over bottom
flange keeping thicker plate in between as shown.
IV. Weld the tie to the trunnions as well as thicker plate.
V.
Weld middle stiffeners and flanges at top. VI. Periodic inspection is necessary.
Important: The radial gate with independent anchorages, the weld between tie flats
and yoke girder web and weld between trunnion flange and tie between trunnion
should be strong enough to avoid washing away of gate. Hence in these locations,
welds are more important to check during maintenance.
2.13 Welding Defects : Their Causes and Prevention
2.13.1 Welding Objectives:
The main objective is to obtain sound defect free welded joints.
Normal welds always contain minute slag inclusions or porosity as revealed in non –
destructive testing. Such small imperfections which cause some variations in the normal
average properties of the weld – metal are called discontinuities.
When discontinuity is large enough to affect the function of the joint, it is termed as
defect.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 135/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-28
Defects are caused by:
Substandard welding
consumables.
Inefficient workman
ship.
Lack of cleanliness.
Un favorable properties of
the base metal.
Low ambient temperature and humid atmosphere.
Every fabricator must strive to prevent the occurrence of weld defects in the first
instance and to rectify them if they have occurred. Rectification welding defects increases
fabrication costs considerably.
2.13.2 Typical Defects which can occur in arc Welds:
2.13.2.1 Incomplete Penetrations: This defect occurs at the root of the joint when the
weld metal fails to reach it or weld metal fails to fuse completely with the root
faces of the joint. As a result, a void remains at the root zone which may contain
slag, inclusions. In a fillet weld, poor penetrations at the root zone can give rise
to cracking of single butt weld.
Incomplete penetration in a single Vee butt weld
In a weld adequate root penetration is ensured by using:
Correct size of electrode.
Sufficiently high current.
Directing the arc towards the root during deposition of the root pass.
Rectification of this defect is a very costly proposition because it requires
removal of the entire thickness of the weld and re welding.
2.13.2.2 Lack of Fusion:
LACK OF FUSION is defined as a condition where boundaries removal of the
entire thickness of the weld metal and base metal or between adjacent layers of
weld metal.
This defect is caused by the presence of:
Scale ((rusting)
Dirt
Oxide
Slag
Other non metallic substances which prevent the underlying metal from
reaching metallic temperature.
To prevent the occurrence of this defect, the following steps should be taken:
Keep the joint surface clean Use adequate welding current
De slag each weld pass thoroughly Place weld passes correctly next to
each other
Lack of fusion is rectified in the same way as lack of prevention.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 136/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-29
2.13.2.3 Undercut: -
This defect appears as a continuous or dis - continuous groove at the
toes of weld pass and is located on the base metal.
Undercut in the vertical leg of a horizontal and vertical fillet weld.
It occurs prominently on the edge of a fillet weld deposited in the horizontal
position.
This defect is usually caused by:
Excessive welding current
Too high speed of arc travel
Wrong electrode angle or excessive side manipulation
Also causes due to damp or improperly formulated electrodes.
Note : In the case of statically loaded structures the presence of small and
intermittent under cutting will reduce fatigue endurance of the welded joint
and hence it should not be permitted.
Rectification :
The defect is rectified by filling up the undercut groove with weld pass. If
under cut is deep and contains slag, it should be clipped away before re welding. If
the rectification is carried out on thick joints and on high tensile seals, the welding
procedure including pre heating should correspond to the recommended procedure
for particular steel.
2.13.2.4 Overlap:
The defect occurs at the toes of weld and consists of weld – metal which has
over flowed on the base metal surface without actually fusing to later. It can be
isolated intermittent or continuous. It occurs more often in fillet welds and results
in an apparent increase in the weld size.
Cause:
It is occurred by an incorrect manipulation of the electrode, where by the
weld metal flows away from the fusion zone. Use of too large an electrode in relation to the welding position, and
excessive current coupled with a too low welding speed also promote its
occurrence.
When a single – pass fillet larger than 7.5mm in leg length is made in the
horizontal position, the molten metal tends to sag and causes overlapping in
at the toe of the horizontal member as shown in the figure.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 137/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-30
Overlap in a horizontal-vertical fillet weld
Rectification: -
Slight and intermittent over lapping may be ignored in statically loaded
structures, but it should not be permitted in dynamically loaded structure as over
laps act as stress – raises, overlap is rectified by grinding, chipping or gouging out
the excess infused weld metal. Care should be taken to leave the smooth surface.
2.13.2.5 Slag Inclusions :
Non metallic particles of comparatively large size entrapped in the weld metal
are termed as slag inclusion.
Slag inclusions in a single-Vee butt weld
Slag inclusions are detected by the normal non destructive testing methods.
While non – metallic inclusions are observed in the weld micro structure at high
magnification.
Causes :
Slag inclusions usually occurs in multi pass weld due to imperfect cleaning of
the lag between the disposition of successive passes as shown in the figure. It
may also be caused by heavy mill scale, loose rust, dirt, grit and other substances
present on the surface of base metal. Slag trapped in under cuts or between unevenpreceding runs may give rise to elongated lines of included slag when a subsequent
weld pass is deposited.
The melting characteristic of the welding consumables and particularly the
viscosity of the rusting slag has an important bearing on inclusion. The molten slag
should float freely to the surface of the weld pool and easily removable on
solidification.
Prevention:
Use proper welding consumables.
Keep joint surfaces (especially gas cut surfaces) and bare filler wires perfectly
clean and clean the base metal thoroughly before welding.
Avoid under cuts and gaps between deposited perfectly clean and clean the base
metal thoroughly before welding.
Avoid under cuts and gaps between deposited passes.
Clean the slag thoroughly between weld passes.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 138/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-31
The strength of welded joint may be considerably reduced if large irregular
inclusions or elongated lines of inclusions at the weld junction are present. These
sometimes give rise to radiating hair line cracks. The presence of small, isolated
globular inclusion may not however, seriously affect the static strength of a joint and
these may normally be disregarded.
Rectification:
The portions of weld metal which contain slag inclusions must be removed
and then filled with sound weld metal.2.13.2.6 Porosity:
The presence of a group of gas pores in a weld caused by the entrapment of
gas during solidification is termed as Porosity.
The pores are in the form of small spherical cavities either clustered
locally or scattered throughout the weld deposit. Sometimes entrapped gas gives
rise to single large cavity, which is termed as a blow hole. In some rarer cases,
elongated or tubular gas cavities are presented these are referred to as piping or
worm holes.
The gases are evolved by the chemical reactions in the welding are
these gases may have high solubility in the molten weld metal, but as the metal
solidifies and cools, their solubility decreases rapidly and they are revolved from the
metal, sometimes if the weld metal solidification and cooling is too rapid, the gas
gets entrapped in the form of Porosity.
Causes:
Chemically imperfect welding consumables for example deficient in deoxidizers
Faulty composition of the base metal or electrode wire for example, high sulphur
content.
Oil, grease moisture and mill scale on the joint surface.
Excessive moisture in the electrode coating or submerged – are flux.
Inadequate gas shielding or impure gas in a gas shielded process.
Low welding current or too long an arc.
Quick freezing of the weld deposit.
Puddling of the weld metal and use of preheat or higher current allow sufficient
time for the dissolved gases to escape from the weld metal. Presence of small, finally
dispersed porosity is normally not expected to affect the static and even dynamic
properties of a welded joint. However excessive porosity blow holes or piping must be
guarded against as they seriously impair these properties. Their presence is detected by
the conventional NDT methods. The defective portions must be removed and re-
welded.
2.13.2.7 Crack:
Crack is defined as a discontinuity caused by the tearing of the metal while in a
plastic condition (hot crack) or by fracturing of the metal when cold (cold crack). It
represents a failure under stress of a metal when it is behaving in a brittle manner i.e. it
is inclined to fracture without deformation.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 139/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-32
3
2
1
4
5 6
7
8
Shrinkage stress
Shrinkage stress
Cracking can occur in the weld metal, at the fusion line or in the base metal. Cracks
may be classified according to location and direction of line and they may range in size
from large cracks which can be seen by the naked eye (called macro cracks) to
extremely small fissures which are detected with the aid of a microscope (called micro
cracks). Typical cracks occurring in welded joints are as shown.
2.13.2.7.1 Hot Cracks:
These cracks occur at temperatures above 540 C and when observed under the
microscope are seen to have traveled across the boundaries between the grains (intergranular). If the crack has extended to the surface, the fractured surface is found to be
coated with the blue scale or possibly black scale.
Classification of cracking according to location in a weldment :
1)
Weld metal crater cracking.2) Weld metal transverse cracking.
3) Base metal heat affected zone transverse cracking
4) Weld metal longitudinal cracking
5) Toe cracking
6) Underbead cracking
7) Fusion line cracking
8) Weld metal root cracking.
Hot cracking occurs in a solidifying metal at the end of the solidification
range, when this last portion is still liquid and the mass of the metal is unable to
deform without cracking. At this stage when vibrational or contraction stresses are
imposed on the metal a fissure forms. Figure shows how a hot crack initiates in a
heavy fillet weld when it is subjected to high localized contraction or shrinkage
stresses indicated by arrows.
Stage 1 Stage 2
While hot cracking propensity increases with increasing joint restraint, it is really
the presence of certain undesirable low – freezing compounds formed by stray elements
which promotes the phenomenon
Causes: The hot cracking tendency caused by phosphorous, sulphur and silicon increases
with carbon and alloy content of the steel and hence high tensile steels must have
lower percentage of these elements than in the case of mild steel. This applies as
much to the weld metal as the base metal
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 140/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-33
2.14 STANDARD TIME FOR FILLET WELDING
Size of
weld
In
mm
Horizontal fillet weld Down hand fillet weld
Time in min/mElectrode
Dia in mm
Consumption in
Electrodes/m
length
Time in
min/m
Electrode
Dia in mm
Consumption
in
Electrodes/m length
3 11.28 / 8.53 3.15 / 4.00 4.0 / 2.7 9.02 3.15 3.2
416.92 / 12.64 /
11.94
3.15 / 4.0 /
5.06.0 / 4.0 / 3.2
14.38 /
10.743.15 / 4.0 5.1 / 3.4
5 26.23 / 19.59 3.15 / 4.0 9.3 / 6.222.84 /
17.063.15 / 4.0 8.1 / 5.4
634.69 / 25.91 /
24.6
3.15 / 4.0 /
5.012.3 / 8.2 / 6.6 21.04 4.0 / 5.0 3.0 / 3.1
8 38.00 4.0 / 5.0 4.0 / 6.8 26.31 5.0 / 6.30 3.0 / 4.0
10 57.77 / 44.394.0 / 5.0 /
6.304.0 / 12.1 / 8.4 39.54 5.0 / 6.30 3.0 / 7.5
12 81.65 / 61.024.0 / 5.0 /
6.304.0 / 18.5 / 12.8 55.04 5.0 / 6.30 3.0 / 11.6
14 109.62 / 80.684.0 / 5.0 /
6.304.0 / 26.0 / 18.0 73.94 5.0 / 6.30 3.0 / 16.6
16 152.89 / 104.874.0 / 5.0 /
6.304.0 / 37.6 / 24.4 95.86 5.0 / 6.30 3.0 / 22.4
Note: Standard electrode length: 450mm
Stub length: 50mm
The above times includes the following:
I. Set up elements : II Operational Elements:
1. Electrode burning time
A. Operator set up : 2. Electrode changing time.
1. Collecting electrodes, weld shield & gloves 3. slag removal time.
2. Wear and remove gloves
3. Rest, Relaxation & contingency allowance.
B. Machine set up
1. Drawing the welding cables to the work spot 2. Welding current adjustment.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 141/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-34
2.15 NUMBER OF STANDARD ELECTRODES PER METER LENGTH OF JOINTS:
Down Hand 50 V Butt Joint Down Hand 60 V Butt Joint
Quantity of Electrodes Effective
wt. of joint
weld metal
per meter
Quantity of Electrodes Effective wt.
joint we
metal p
meter
Plate
thk
Root
gap
Root run Filling up runs Root gap Root runFilling up runs
Either Or Either Or
mm mm Pcs/m Pcs/m Pcs/m g/m mm Pcs/m Pcs/m Pcs/m g/m
6 --- ---
/ / 2.5
/---
/ / 3.25 / /--- --- --- ---
/ / 2.5 / /
--- / / 3.25 / /--- ---
8 1 --- 14.4 6.4 166 1 --- 16.2 7.2 188
10 1 --- --- 9.2 238 1 --- --- 10.0 282
12 1 --- --- 12.6 330 1 / / 3.25 //
8
/ / 4 / /
4.6
/ / 5 / /
---
392
14 1.5 / / 3.25
/
8
/ / 4 / /
7
/ / 5 / /
---
484 1.5 8 9 --- 564
16 1.5 8 10 6.4 602 1.5 8 12.6 8 708
18 1.5 8 13.4 8.6 734 1.5 8 16.8 10.8 870
20 2 8 19 12.2 952 2 8 23 14.6 1110
22 2 8 23.4 15 1130 2 8 28.6 18.2 1330
25 2 8 32 20.2 1460 2 8 38 24.4 1710
28 2 8 38.6 24.6 1720 2 8 46.4 29.6 2040
32 2 / / 4 / /
8
/ / 5 / /
30.2
/ / 6 / /
21 2180 2
/ / 4 / /
8
/ / 5 / /
37.2
/ / 6 / /
25.8 2600
36 2 8 38.8 27 2700 2 8 47.2 32.8 3200
40 2 8 48 33.4 3260 2 8 58.2 40.4 3900
Pcs/m Pcs/m
Data for sealing run : Welding Position / / 3.25 / / / / 4 / /
Down head 4.5-6 3-4
Varies with extent of
Shipping of roots Over head 4.5-7.5 3-5
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 142/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-35
2.16 NUMBER OF STANDARD ELECTRODES PER METER LENGTH OF JOINTS :
Quantity of Electrodes Effective
wt. of
joint weld
metal per
meter
Quantity of Electrodes Effective
wt. o
joint wel
metal pe
meterPlate
thk
Root
gap
Root
run
Filling up runs Root gap Root run Filling up rums
Either Or Either Or
mm mm Pcs/m Pcs/m Pcs/m g/m mm Pcs/m Pcs/m Pcs/m g/m
6 1 ---
/ / 2.5 / / / / 3.25 / /
165 1
/ / 3.25
// / / 4 / / / / 5 / /
196--- 6.3 4 2.3 ---
8 1.5 / / 3.25
/ /
/ / 4 / / / / 5 / / 301 1.5 4 6.3 4 354
4 5 3.2
10 2 4 9.5 6.1 476 2 4 11.5 7.3 555
12 2 4 14.3 8.1 660 2 4 17 10.8 770
14 2 4 19.3 12.3 860 2 4 23.2 14.8 1020
16 2 / / 4 / / / / 5 / / / / 6 / / 1090 2 / / 4 / / / / 5 / / / / 6 / / 1300
4 15.1 10.5 4 18.6 12.9
18 2 4 19.4 13.5 1350 2 4 23.6 16.4 1610
20 2 4 24 16.7 1630 2 4 29.1 20.2 1950
Pcs/m Pcs/m
Data for sealing run : Welding Position
//3.25// //4//
Down head 4.5-6 3-4
aries with
extent of
shipping of roots Over head 4.5-7.5 3-5
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 143/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-36
COMPARATIVE CHART FOR WELDING ELECTRODES
APAR ADVANI INDIAN D & H PHILIPS GENERAL SUN-ARC
IS AWS POWER ARC OERLIKON OXYGEN SECHERON ELECTRODES
Mild Steel Type
E 100411 E 6010 XL Citojet Ferrocel/Pipecraft Cellutherme PH-31 Gricon white Pipe rod
E 100411 E 6011 ACP Gricon voilet
E 206411 E 6012 FP Ferrospeed Popular
E 206411 E 6012 Ferropace Citobest Ferrospeed Plus PH-68 Greecon Grey
E 307411 E 6013 SW (Supremeweld) Overcode Vortic/Vordian Norma PH-45 Greecon Black/ X-19
E 317412 E 6013 Steelweld -S Overcode-S Vorti-1/Vordian Media PH-28 Greecon Pink X-30
E 317412 E 6013 Steelweld -SS Overcode-SS Vordian Exobel Greecon Blue X-21
E 442411 E 6020 DH Citorex Pressureweld Unitherme
Mild Steel IRON POWDER Type
E 916411 J E 7014 ZIP-14 Comet Green Vortex-2 PH - 18 Gricon Orange
E 943412 K E 7024 ZIP-24 Comet Blue Ferrograve - 35 PH - C235 Gricon Yellow Ferrod -2
E (42412 P E 6027 ZIP-27 Cemet Red Gricon Rose
E 614512 H E 7016 LOH - 16 Universe Ferroweld - 1 Indotherme PH - 36S Greecon GreenLF - 40
E 614512 H E 7016 LOH - 16 (Special) Universe - W Indotherme C PH - 56
E 614512 H E 7016 Dynaweld Supercord Ferron - 5 P - 4 PH - 56
E 614512 HJ E 7018 WIZ - 18 Supercito Ferroweld Superatherme PH 36 H Greecon GreenFerrod - 3
E 614312 HJ E 7018 WIZ - 18(Special) Tenactio Superatherme (Spl) PH - 35
E 611XXX HJ E 8018 Dynaweld - D Tenactio - 60
E 611XXX HJ E 9018 Dynaweld - 60 Tenactio - 70 Tensal Grid - cut 1E 611XXX HJ E 10018 Dynaweld - 70 Tenactio - 75
E 10022A E 7010 A1 XL-MO Molyjet Celtian-Moly Cullutherme-MO
E 31422a E 7013 A1 SW-MO Overcord-MO Media-MO X-30(mo)
E 604XXXHJ E 7018 A1 WIZ-MO Molycord Molytherme Ferrod no.:3
E 604XXXHJ E 8018 B2 Cromoweld-1 Cromocord Cromotherme-1 Ferrod no.:4
E 604XXXHJ E 9018 B3 Cromoweld-2 Cromocord-C Cromotherme-2 Ferrod no.:7
E 604XXXHJ E 502-16 Cromoweld-3 Cromocord-D Cromotherme-5
Coding
HIGH TENSILE LOW ALLOY TYPE
LOW HYDROGEN TYPE
LOW - HYDROGEN IRON POWER TYPE
2.17
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 144/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-37
H&T-250 Citorail - I Duriod-I BOR-AR PH-250 Gridur-250 HF-250
H&T-350 Citorail - II Duriod-II A BOR-B Gridur-300 HF-350
H&T-450 Citorail - II (L H) PH-450 Gridur-500 HF-450
H&T-550 BOR-C HF-550
H&T-650 Citorail - III SHC -SIX PH-600 Gridur-600 HF-650
Hardrail-III (LH) Citorail - III (L H) Hardex-650/Duroid 3B PH-600B Gridur-600G Hardrod-55
Powermangan Citomangan Duroid-10 SMA PH-MN Gridur-M mangrod-1
Nicomangan SupremanganesePowerchrom Citocrom-13 CROMA RS 410 Grialloy-M
MBO1 - 311 E 308 - 16 Stainlessweld - 1 Superinox - 1A Rutox - A PH - RS 304C Grinox - 4 Stainrod No
MBO1 - 311 E 308L - 16 Stainlessweld - 1L Superinox - 1C Cromoweld - 308L Rutox - B PH - RS 304 Grinox - 4L Stainrod No
MBO1 Nb - 311 E 308 - 16 Stainlessweld - 1A Superinox - 1B Cromoid - 1 PH - RSS - C Grinox - 47 Stainrod No
MB01MO - 311 E 316 - 16 Stainlessweld - 2 Superinox - 2A Cromoid - 3 Rutox MO PH - RSS 316C Grinox - 16 H.T.1
MBO2MOL - 31E 316L - 16 Stainlessweld - 2L Superinox - 2C Cromoweld R Rutox D PH - RS 316B Grinox - 16L H.T.1(Elc)
MB02MONb - 3E 318 - 16 Stainlessweld - 2A Superinox - 2B Cromoid - 4 Rutox - MO(Stab) PH - RSMC Grinox - 18 Stainrod N
MB04 - 311 E 309 - 16 Stainlessweld - 3 Inbox - d2 Cronitherm 25/12 PH - RS 309 Stainrod No
MB05 - 311 E 310 - 16 Stainlessweld - 4 Inbox - CW Cromoweld - B 315 D&H - 310 - 16 PH - RS 310 Grinox - 10 Heatrod N
E 312 - 16 PE - 106 E - 106 D&H - 312 - 16 RS - 315 Excel Rod -
Eni 404 ENiCL Freemachineweld Supernicorn Ferroloid - 3 NFM PH - 801 Gricast - N Castrod No
Enicu 2/214 ENiCU - B Monelweld Superfonte Ferroloid - 1 D&H Monel PH - GM Gricast - CN Castrod No
EFEC2 Est Castweld Citocast Ferroloid - 2 Gricast - LH
E CUSnC Bronzweld Bronzweld Bronzoid Gricast - 2
Cutwell Cito cut Cutting Elect Gricon cut Cuttrode
PE - 900 E - 900 Gricon Gouge
PE - 901 E - 901
HARD FACING TYPE
STAINLESS STEEL TYPE
CAST IRON TYPES
CUTTING AND GOUGING ELECTRODES
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 145/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-38
CHAPTER-3
QUALITY CONTROL & TESTS OF GATES, PENSTOCK & ALLIED
MECHANICAL WORKS
3.0 Proper Quality Control and Quality Assurance in the manufacture and erection of
Hydraulic gates and allied equipment is very essential for attain smooth and
designed function of the System. Q C checks have to be made concurrently and
necessarily from every stage of manufacturer, assembly, installation and finaltesting.
The tests have to be performed to confirm the requirements as per the standards
and specifications. The quality assurance checks for hydraulic gates and hoists shall be
performed at all stages starting from the procurement of materials components to the final
testing of gates at site. The important stages are:
Q C tests on Raw materials brought-out items
Q C Checks during manufacturing and assembly
Q C Checks during installation
Load Testing
The following tests are to be conducted in the process and if any deficiency isnoticed, they shall b rectified before processing.
3.1 Manufacturing stage
Inspection and testing of raw material shall be conducted as per BIS specifications
for their physical and chemical properties (Rolled plates and sections, Castings,
Forgings, S S Plates, Non-ferrous castings, rubber, seals bearing etc.)
Visual and dimensional inspection.
3.1.1 Non-Destructive testing shall be conducted as per Indian standard codes
Liquid penetrate testing (IS-3658)
Magnetic particle testing as per IS: 3707)Ultrasonic testing (IS:3664)
Radiographic testing – X ray and
Gamma (IS:2595 & IS: 1182)
3.1.2 Destructive testing
Mechanical (physical properties – tensile, compression, elongation, Hardness, impact
torsion etc.)
Chemical (chemical properties – wet analysis, spectra analysis)
Assemblies and sub-assemblies checked for dimensional accuracy as per drawings
and specified tolerances of IS Codes (7718, 10096 etc)
Inspection and testing of weldments (as per BIS: 822: 3658-1980: 8780-1978: 3664-1981: 2595-1978 and ASME- (1 & 8) and latest additions for;
Soundness and strength
Weld procedures for various joints
Joint preparations
Type of electrodes
Edge preparation & root gap
Pre heating of electrodes
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 146/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-39
Weld travel speed for automatic welds and manual welding
Ensure to follow weld procedures
Selection of electrodes for each component as per recommendations of
manufacturers on its load bearing capacity ad strength of welds.
Machining items: Allowances and tolerances as per drawings and specifications for
each of the operations involved, such as; turning, planning, grinding, milling, gear
nobbing, drum scouring, drilling, boring and slotting etc.
Dimensional accuracy and critical dimensions of E.M. Parts checked at least in
300mm intervals on assembly and installation.
Dimensional accuracy and critical parameters of components / assembly of gates
and gate assembly
- Roller assembly
- Roller cage assembly
- Trunnion and pins assembly
- Yoke girders assembly
- Support/chair
- End gear box units assembly, central drive units assembly
- Control panels
-Wire rope and lifting socket assembly
- Gate lift measuring dial / indicator gauge
Rubber seals: Shore’s hardness and water absorption tests
Testing of Hoists in shop as specified.
3.2 Test during Installation/Erection Stage
Defects / mistakes after erection cannot be normally rectified, particularly in case of
the embedded parts.
Thorough second check up of all the components is done for accuracy on shifting to
erection site.
Any defect unnoticed during fabrication should be rectified before installation.
The critical dimensions of all E.M. parts must be maintained as per the given
standards and recommendation fo Indian Codes (tolerance & limits) for different
applications. The important critical dimensions that are to be ensured within the
recommended limits are;
- Roller track centre to centre
- Seal track centre to centre
- Side guide centre to centre
- Vertically of roller track, seal track, side guide track
- Co-planarity of roller track and seal track
- Horizontality of sill beam
-Levels of sill beam and hoist bridge
- Roller assembly and its alignment
- Side roller / block gap with track surface.
Equal tensions of ropes
Vibrations, if any, and remedial measures
Welds for strength and soundness
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 147/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-40
- Dirty testing of rubber sealing and pre compression
Alignment of line shafts
- Drain holes to horizontal beams, trunnion brackets, hoist bridges
- Alignment of gars & shafts
Sand blasting and painting
Surface cleaning for abrasive blasting as per Swedish Standards S A 2.5-3 white
/rough (IS: 5905-1989)
Paint specifications (binder solids, pigments, additives, solvents, driers etc.)
Thickness of paint in microns.
3.3 Additional checks for Radial Gates
Trunnion centre: coplanar and parallel to sill.
Chair level / rest plate: coplanar and parallel to sill
Inclination of yoke and anchor girders and its co plane accuracy
Side seal face to face
Level of horizontal girder
Radius of skin plate and wall plate
Pre-tension of anchorages
Site weld design and sequence Site weld testing for strength and quality
3.4 General Tools Required for Q.C. Agencies
Measuring tapes, scales and holders (blocks to carry over dimensions) Plumbobs
Micrometer Calipers (inside and outside)
Vernier calipers – linear measurements, depth gauge, height gauge, gear teeth
Dial indicators to measure deviations
Screw Micrometers
Snap gauge (pass meters)
Internal dial gauges (bore diameter)
GO & NO- GO gauges.
Bevel protractors with vernier
Taper plug (taper holes) and ring gauges (for taper shafts)
Sine bar (taper angle)
Thread gauges (dia, screw thread)
Straight edge
Surface plates angle plates, v-blocks
Machinist level
Weld measure gauges
Optical measuring gauges
Optical measuring tools Tachometer
Multi-meter (voltage, current, resistance)
Tong-tester
Theodalite / leveling instruments
Spirit levels (vertical & horizontal measurements)
Hole augers
Screw thread micrometer calipers
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 148/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-41
Screw pitch gauges
Tangential gear tooth caliper (tooth profile)
Pitch measuring tool (gears)
Bevel gar tester
Surface finish testers
Strain gauges
Testing labs – Metallurgical & chemical labs
X-ray machines for soundness of welds and porosity
Hydraulic jacks
Wire rope & socket load testing unit
Hardness testing machines (metals)
Hardness testing machines (rubber)
Pressure testing unit for water conductors
The details of general Quality Control tests performed on Gates and allied
components are tabulated below. However, the user is requested to follow the relevant
tests as recommended by the BIS and manufacturers and adopt relevant and latest
standards.
3.5 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL TESTS FOR GATES AND ALLIED COMPONENTS
(Relevant codes and manufacturer’s recommendations are to be followed)
TESTS REQUIRED BEFORE STARTING OF WORK:
3.5.1 Raw Materials and bought out items:
3.5.1.1 Inspection and random testing of all raw materials such as:
- Steel plates;
- Rolled steel sections;
- C.I. /Cast steel casting / forgings;
- S.S. plates, non ferrous casting and other materials;
- Rubber seals;
-Bush and anti friction bearings etc;
- Gears and gear boxes – Electric motors;
- E.M. brakes etc.
a)
Visual and dimensional inspection
b)
Non-destructive testing (random)
- Liquid penetrant testing (IS-3658)
- Magnetic particle testing (IS-3707)
- Ultrasonic testing (IS-3664)
- Radiographic testing
- Ray Gama (IS-2595 and IS:1182)
c)
Destructive testing
- Physical properties, tensile, compression, elongation, hardness, impact, torsion
etc.
- Chemical Properties – wet analysis, spectra analysis.
d)
Rubber seals
- Shore’s hardness and water absorption tests
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 149/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-42
e)
Steel wire ropes (IS:2365-1963 and 2226)
f)
Welding electrodes
IS: 815-1974/E-7018 OR equivalent
IS: 1442 etc.
g)
Paints (as per specifications)
h)
Other materials as per Standard specifications.
3.6 TESTS REQUIRED DURING & AFTER INSTALLATION / ERECTION(As per IS Codes and/or manufacturer’s specifications)
A) E.M. Parts, Gates and Hoists:
1. a) Straightness and co-planner accuracy be checked for tracks and track plates.
b) Fabrication tolerances checked and maintained as per IS:7215-1974 etc.
2. Inspection and testing of weldments (as per IS: 822; 823-1964: 816: 3658-1980;
8780-1978; 3614-1981; 2595-1978 and ASME – section 1.8) and latest additions
for: -
- Size of welds - Edge preparation
-
Weld procedures for various joints - Joint preparations- Type of electrodes - Root gap
- Selection of electrodes for each component as per the standards and
recommendations of manufacturers for its load bearing capacity and strength of
welds.
- Pre-heating of electrodes weld travel speed for automatic welds and manual.
- Ensure follow of weld designs and procedures
3. Testing for Soundness and strength of welds (DPT, X-ray and gamma ray)
4. Tests for Machined items: Test for allowances and tolerances as per drawings
and BIS specifications for all items and components for which machining
operations are involved, (such as; turning, planning, grinding, milling, gear
hobbing, drum scouring, drilling, boring and slotting etc)5. Dimensional accuracy and critical dimensions of E.M. parts at least in 300mm
intervals on assembly.
6. Assemblies and sub-assemblies as per drawings and specified tolerances (IS
Codes 7718, 10096, etc)
a) Dimensional accuracy and critical parameters of components / assembly of
gates as per IS codes.
Gate assembly Seal assembly
Roller cage assembly Yoke girders assembly
End gear box units assembly Control panelsRoller assembly Guide roller assembly
Trunnions and pins assembly Support / chair
Central drive units assembly Wire rope and lifting socket
Load testing of rope & socket assembly Gate lift measuring dial/indicator gauge
7. Shop painting – surface preparation – painting process
8. Tests after Head treatment of specified components
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 150/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-43
B)
Transportation
Check for;
1. Width and length of each element should be as per norms and ceiling dimensions
of State Transport authority
2. Proper field joints, packing and safety measures
3. Special protection for machined surfaces and electrical control panels,
instruments and equipment
3.7 TESTS REQUIRED DURING THE STAGE OF MANUFACTURE
(As per IS Codes and/or manufacturer’s specifications)
1. Thorough testing & check up of components for dimensional accuracy and quality
be done on shifting to erection site. Ensure rectification of any defects unnoticed
during fabrication before installation.
2. Checking of critical dimensions of all E.M. parts at least in 300mm intervals (on
assembly and installation) during erection, before & after concreting, as per IS:
4622, 4622 and 7718 etc, as applicable with in tolerance & limits).
- Verticality of roller track, seal track, side guide track
-
Coplanar of roller track and seal track – horizontality of sill beam-levels of sillbeam and hoist bridge.
- Roller assembly and its alignment – side roller gaps
3. Test for equal tensions of ropes.
4. Testing of welds – for strength and soundness – DPT, X-ray and Gamma ray
5. Dry testing of rubber sealing and pre-compression
6. Alignment of line shafts
7. Drain holes to horizontal beams, trunnion brackets, hoist bridges.
8. Alignment of gears & shafts
9. Sand blasting and painting (IS:14177 – 1994)
-
Surface cleaning for abrasive blasting (Swedish Standards S A .25 – white /rough) and or IS:5905-1989)
- Paint specifications (binder solids, pigments, additives, solvents, driers etc.
- Thickness of paint in microns
3.7.1 Additional tests for Radial Gates
- Pre tensioning of anchor rods (as per designs)
- Trunnion centers: coplanar and parallel to sill
- Chair level / rest plate – coplanar and parallel to sill
- Inclination of yoke and anchor girders and its co plane accuracy
- Radius of skin plate and wall plate
- Site weld design and sequence
-Site weld testing for strength and quality as per IS Codes
3.7.2 Testing and Commissioning
1. Testing of gates and hoist assemblies:
a) At no load – torque, lift speed, lateral movement, vibrations
b) Full load – same as above
Leakages within permissible limits (as per relevant codes)
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 151/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-44
3.7.3 Penstock
3.7.3.1 Shop/Field Inspection
All penstock components are subject to inspection at the place of fabrication
and/or installation. The inspector must be allowed to view any or all of the operations and
have access to all report forms and radiographs.
The following documentations are required’
(1) Fabrication, welding and inspection procedures. Prior to the start of welding, copies of the following must be submitted: proposed
welding procedure specification (WPS), procedure qualification reports (PQR),
welding sequences, repair procedures, and welding rod control. Documentation
must include a weld map or table identifying each type of weld joint, the assigned
welding procedure specifications, the parts being joined, the material thickness, and
any requirements for preheat and post weld heat treatment.
Welding procedures must be qualified in accordance with Section IX of the ASME
Code.
All procedures for weld and nondestructive examination (NDE) must be submitted
prior to the start of work.
(2) Personnel qualification records
Welders and welding operators must be qualified in accordance with Section IX of
the ASME Code. Requirements for qualification include welder/welding operator
performance qualification (WPQ) tests, recorded on ASME Code forms QW 482-484,
1 or their equivalents.
Nondestructive examination (NDE personnel must be qualified under ASNT SNT-TC-
1A2 (visual examination excepted). Qualification records of NDE personnel must be
submitted to the inspector upon request.
All nondestructive testing technicians and operators must be qualified at NDT Level
II as defined in ASNT SNT-TC-1A.
All inspection work must be performed by certified welding inspectors (CWI) who
are certified in accordance with AWS QC1A provisions.
(3) Weld examination and inspection reports
These reports must include detailed records showing evidence of quality of welding.
For each section of weld inspected, a report form is required. The report must
identify the work and show the welder’s identification, the area of inspection, the
acceptance of the welds, and the inspector’s approval signature. Each report mustbe completed at the time of inspection. A complete set of forms must be supplied
upon completion of the work. For radiographic examination, in addition to the
report forms, a complete set of radiographs must be supplied.
3.7.3.2 In-Process Inspection
Prior to the start of manufacture, the owner’s inspector or designatedrepresentative must review the testing requirements of the specification and the
applicable codes and standards for tolerances.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 152/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-45
3.7.3.3 In-Process Inspection of Fabrication
In-process inspections must include the following where applicable:
(1) Review of the purchase order and specification document requirements for
materials, fabrication, welding, examination, testing, marking, tagging, cleaning,
painting and preparation for shipment.
(2) Review of the supplier’s quality assurance programs for conformance with the
specification requirements, and discussions with the supplier’s personnel about thequality verification activities to be performed during the course of the assignment.
(3) Review of the shop drawings and other vendor documents that require submittal
prior to fabrication, including a determination that they have been approved by the
engineer, are properly stamped and released for fabrication.
(4) Review of mill test reports for all materials used in the fabrication of the penstock
sections to verify that the materials are in compliance with the specification and
applicable ASTM standards for chemical composition, mechanical properties, and
Charpy impact tests etc.
(5) Verification that the pressure and attachment material identification, heat number
and thickness correspond with the certified mill test reports provided for the job. In
addition, the owner may request the certified mill test reports for other materials.Copies of certified mill test reports must be available for inclusion in the job file.
(6) Verification that welding procedures and welders have been qualified and are
approved in accordance with the requirements of the specification, drawings, and
applicable codes and standards. This may require an in-process review of the
welding procedure specifications (WPS) and supporting procedure qualification
reports (PQR), for conformance with the specification, drawings and applicable
codes and standards, particularly if there were design or personnel changes after
the original submissions.
Welders and welding operators must have current certifications and be able to
produce acceptably sound welds with the processes, materials and welding
procedures to be used in production.(7) Verification that welding electrodes, filler materials and fluxes are identifiable,
comply with the applicable welding procedure, specification and are properly stored
in a clean and dry environment. Baked-out electrodes are required for high-
strength materials greater than 80-ksi tensile strength. Low-hydrogen electrodes
must be kept in holding ovens if not in their sealed containers.
(8) Check of all in-process welding for conformance to approved welding procedures,
drawings and applicable codes. This includes all welding parameters, preheat and
inter pass temperature requirements.
(9) Where welding repairs are required, verification that the contractor has an
approved repair and inspection procedure to ensure satisfactory defect removal and
welding of the affected area.
(10) Check of plate edges.
(11) Inspection of shell courses for concentricity and roundness and verification that the
fit-up gaps of longitudinal and circumferential joints are within the tolerances given
by the specifications.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 153/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-46
(12) Inspection of the various parts of the penstock to ensure that all appurtenances
have been provided and that the projections and orientations are in accordance
with approved shop drawings.
(13) The inspector’s witnessing of nondestructive examination (NDE) of materials orwelds (spot check) on a random basis or as specified by the purchase order and
review of the required radiographic film to ensure that there are no indications
exceeding the limitations specified by the applicable codes and standards.
(14) Verification by the inspector that any required preheat or postweld heat treatment
has been performed in accordance with the approved procedures. The inspectormust obtain copies of time-temperature charts of each stress-relieving operation for
inclusion in the job file.
(15) For elbows, measurement of each chord to ensure that the units are fabricated as
specified and have the desired radii.
(16) For wye branches, verification of branch angle(s), projection and orientation.
(17) When bolted sleeve-type couplings and mechanical expansion joints are specified, a
review for compliance with the procurement documents of the mill test reports
provided for the couplings and gasket materials and the documentation of
nondestructive examination of welding. Couplings and gaskets must be checked for
physical damage, and dimension checks made to verify compliance with the
drawings. The longitudinal or spiral seam welds on both ends of the penstocksections must have been ground flush in accordance with the drawings or
specifications.
3.7.3.4 Coating and Lining Inspection Requirements
When corrosion protection, internal lining or external surface coating is specified in
the purchase order, a careful inspection for strict compliance with the specification,
referenced standards and Section 10 of ASCE manual is mandatory. Details of inspection
procedures for coating materials and their applications are given in Section 10 of ASCE
manual.
3.7.3.5 Final Shop Inspection
(1) Ensure that all required test reports, as-built drawings, and other documentation
generated during the fabrication of the penstock are available and processed in
accordance with the procurement documents.
(2) Prior to shipment, perform final inspection on the penstock sections, and verify that
all deficiencies have been corrected and that each section has been properly
marked.
(3) Verify the identification marks on each penstock section for conformance with
specification and drawing requirements. Confirm that the top and bottom center
lines of special section have been marked and are clearly visible on both ends of
each section.
(4) Verify that each penstock section has been properly braced to prevent damage
during transit and handling. Obtain assurance that the penstock sections will be
correctly blocked for shipment and that coated penstock sections are loaded on
padded bunks or saddles as required.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 154/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-47
3.7.3.6Final Field Inspection
The entire penstock, including all coatings and linings, must be inspected for
damage that may have occurred during shipment and erection. All damage must be
repaired.
3.7.3.7 Damage
Damaged areas, such as scratches, gauges, grooves, or dents as determined by the
inspector, must be corrected as specified in the project specification.
3.7.3.8 Field Weld Inspection
All field welds must be inspected for conformance to the project specification and to
the requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME code.
3.7.3.9 Field Inspection of Linings and Coatings
All coatings and linings, including those applied in the shop or field, must be
examined for damage that may have occurred during shipment and erection according to
the appropriate requirements of the specification, referenced standards, and Section 10 of
ASCE manual. All damage must be repaired.
Cathodic protection systems must be tested for electrical continuity. If an impressed
current system is in place, the power source must be given appropriate performance tests.
Documentation in the owner’s file must detail operating procedures.
3.7.3.10 Bedding and Backfill
All bedding and backfill must be inspected for conformance to the project
specification during placement and after completion
3.7.3.11 Reports
Ensure that all required test reports, as-built drawings and other documentationgenerated during fabrication and erection of the penstock are available and processed in
accordance with the procurement documents and specification.
Copies of reports for field and shop welding, NDE and repair procedures must be
included in the documentation in the project file.
3.7.4 Nondestructive Examination
3.7.4.1 General
The type of nondestructive examination (NDE) for all butt joints and certain full-
fillet lap joints in pressure retaining parts is established by the designer in conjunctionwith the weld joint reduction factors described in Section 3.5.1 of ASCE manual.
The design engineer must document the required nondestructive examinations for
these weld joints in a Fabrication and installation NDE Data Sheet. For weld joints that are
not described in Section 3.5.1 or where supplemental NDE is required, minimum
nondestructive examination requirements are listed in Table.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 155/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-48
3.7.4.2 Minimum Nondestructive Examination Requirements (ASCE manual)
Fv< 55 ksi 55 ksi< Fv< 75
ksi
Fv< 75 ksi
CORNER JOINTS AND FILLET OF
PAD TO SHELL (SEE FIGURE
4.6.2.2(A))
100%
MT*
BLEND GRIND **
AND 100% MT
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WET
MT
CORNER JOINTS (SEE FIGURE
4.6.1-2 (B) AND (C)
100%
MT*
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% MT
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WETMT
FILLET WELD (SEE FIGURE 4.6.1-2
(D)
10%
SPOT MT
100% MT BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WET
MT
STUD WELD (SEE FIGURE 4.6.1-2
(E))
VISUAL 10% BEND TEST BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WET
MT
BUTT JOINTS (SEE FIGURE 4.6.1-1
(A))
SECTION
3.5.1
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% MT
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WET
MT
FILLET-WELDED BUTT STRAPS
(SEE FIGURE 4.6.1-1 (B))
SECTION
3.5.1
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% MT
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WET
MT
BACKED UP BUTT JOINT (SEE
FIGURE 4.6.1-1 (C))
SECTION
3.5.1
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% MT
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WET
MT
DOUBLE FILLET LAP JOINT (SEE
FIGURE 4.6.1.-1 (D))
SECTION
3.5.1
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% MT
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WET
MT
REPAIRS AND MATERIAL /
OVERLAY
100%
MT*
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% MT
BLEND GRIND
AND 100% WETMT
* MT applies to all final weld surfaces only.
** Blend grind is defined as the elimination of surface irregularities and fairing of
edges of the weld.
Nondestructive examination for acceptance of any material subject to hydrostatic
pressure testing must be performed prior to the hydrostatic tests. Repaired defects must
be retested by the same NDE methods used for the original tests. If the engineer
determines that the specified nondestructive testing is not possible because of conditions
encountered in the work, the engineer must choose another method of inspection. The
engineer may require additional tests and examinations.
3.7.4.3 Areas Requiring Special Consideration
(1) Where required by the project specification or the weld procedure, weld bevel
preparation in wye branches and penstocks must be magnetic-particle inspected
prior to welding. Laminations and other linear defects must be repaired in
accordance with ASTM A 20.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 156/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-49
(2) C-girders used for reinforcement of wye branches are subjected to through-
thickness loading where the shell plates are welded to them. If the plate has
laminations in the loaded area, lamellar tearing can occur. The likelihood of this
defect occurring increases with plate thickness. Therefore, C-girder plates exceeding
1 inch in thickness should be tested ultrasonically in the area within 6 inches of the
shell -to- C-girder weld. Ultrasonic examination and evaluation must comply with
ASTM A 435, with the additional requirement that the 6-inch band adjacent to the
weld area must undergo 100% ultrasonic examination. Any defect that shows a loss
of back reflection that cannot be contained within a 1-inch-diameter circle isunacceptable. Laminations must be repaired in accordance with ASTM A 20,
Paragraph 9.4. Shell-to-bar type joints in wye branches also must be examined for
laminations in a similar manner.
Exposed edges of C-girders must be inspected by magnetic particle procedures after
postweld heat treatment.
(3) After postweld heat treatment, if required, all weld surfaces must be examined by
the magnetic particle procedure in accordance with Appendix 6 of the ASME Code,
Section VIII. If, in the opinion of the inspector, major repairs are required, stress
relieving again may be required after repairs.
3.7.5 Nondestructive Examination Methods
3.7.5.1 Radiographic Examination
All radiographic examination must be in accordance with ASTM E 94 and E 142, or
the ASME Code, Section V, Article 2. Double film must be used.
Film must be marked with the date, owner’s specification number, contract number,piece or section number, and weld number. Procedures must include an identification
system that ensures traceability between the radiographic film and the weld examined, as
well as clear location of weld defects. Radiographs and interpretation reports must be
submitted to the owner, upon request, for permanent retention.
Acceptance standards for welded joints examined by radiography must be in
accordance with Paragraph UW 51 or UW 52 of the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division 1.All defects disclosed by radiography and determined unacceptable in accordance
with the job specification must be repaired and re-radiographed.
3.7.5.2 Ultrasonic Examination
Ultrasonic examination and acceptance standards for welds other than spiral welds
must be in accordance with Paragraph UW 53 and Appendix 12 of the ASME Code, Section
VIII, Division 1.For spiral-welded pipe used in penstocks, ultrasonic test procedures and
acceptance standards must be in accordance with Section 9 of API Standard 5L.
3.7.5.3 Magnetic Particle Examination
Magnetic particle examination techniques are described in the ASME Code, SectionV, Article 7 and in ASTM E 709. Acceptance criteria must conform to the requirements of
Appendix 6 of the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division1.
3.7.5.4 Liquid Penetrant Examination
Liquid penetrant examination procedures must conform to the requirements of the
ASME Code, Section V, Article 6. Acceptance criteria must conform to the requirements of
Appendix 6 of the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 157/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-50
3.7.5.5 Visual Examination
Visual examination procedures must be conform to the requirements of Article 9 of
the ASME Code, Section V.
The following visual indications are unacceptable:
(1) Cracks
(2) Undercut on surface greater than 1/32 inch deep
(3) Lack of fusion on the surface
(4)
Incomplete penetration(5) Convexity of fillet-weld surface greater than 10% of the longer leg plus 3/100 inch
(6) Concavity in groove welds
(7) Concavity in fillet welds greater than 1/16 inch
3.7.5.6 Field Hydrostatic Testing
When required by engineering or the specifications, the completed penstock must
be hydrostatically tested in the field. To facilitate construction or to avoid over pressuring,
the penstock may have to be tested in sections, using bulkheads for isolation. For field tests,
some loads imposed on the structure may not be the same as those during operating
conditions. The installation must be checked, prior to testing, to determine that
anchorages and bulkheads can withstand the selected test pressure. Vacuum valves orstandpipes must be installed to prevent vacuum collapse in the event of failure of a portion
of the penstock under test.
The test pressure must be held long enough to ensure that the entire section under
test can be inspected and any leakage detected and the leakage rate measured. The leakage
rate is determined by metering the water required to maintain pressure. Depending on the
nature of the installation, the time required to perform the hydrostatic test may vary
considerably. However, the duration of testing must be sufficient to ensure the detection of
any problems. This duration may range from 1 to 24 hours. Upon reaching test pressure,
readings from pressure gages must be recorded at 10- to 30-minutes intervals depending
on the duration of the hydro test. Continuous surveillance for leakage must be performedduring the first 30 minutes and the test section must be visually inspected for leakage at 1-
hour intervals thereafter. The hydrotest must be performed during daylight hours when
practical. If any portion of the test is performed during night hours, suitable lighting for
inspection must be provided.
Hydrostatic tests are accepted on the basis of the leakage rates described in the
project specification. If a break or unacceptable leakage occurs during any of the testing
operations, the test must be terminated and the engineer notified.
Defects disclosed during the hydrostatic test must be repaired. The section must be
hydrostatically retested.
3.7.5.7 Field test Pressure
When specified, all or a specified length of pipe section must be hydrostatically
tested from a minimum pressure of 1.1 times the working pressure to a maximum pressure
of 1.5 times the working pressure or to a pressure that will produce a stress not exceeding
80% (AWWA Standard C-20010 specifies 75%) of the minimum yield strength of the steel,
whichever is less, as determined by the formula P = 2S t /D, where P = hydrostatic test
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 158/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-51
pressure, S = 0.8 times the minimum yield strength of the steel , t = wall thickness and D =
specified mean diameter of the pipe.
3.7.5.8 Hydrostatic Test Inspection Verification
For both shop and field tests, the inspector must observe the testing and check the
procedures, verifying the following:
(1) The test medium, pressures, and duration of test are as specified for the penstock
sections.(2) The calibrated pressure measuring devices provide for the recording of pertinent
data, i.e. pressure, time temperature, etc. as specified.
(3) The gauges used to monitor the pressure testing shows evidence of current
calibration traceable to the National Bureau of Standards.
(4) All seams, nozzles and manholes are inspected during the test for leaks, and findings
are recorded.
(5) The penstock section is drained, dried, and preserved after completion of testing.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 159/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-52
CHAPTER-4
PAINTING SYSTEM FOR HYDRAULIC GATES AND HOISTS
4.0 Introduction:
Hydraulic gates, its embedded parts, gate leaf, hoists and its supporting structures
should be protected against corrosion due to climatic condition, biotechnical reaction andabrasion due to different forces acting on it. Otherwise these equipments may deteriorate
to any extent that the replacement of parts may become necessary and such replacement
may become difficult and costly. Therefore, it is necessary to do painting to protect the
equipment and to increase the life of parts. Therefore application of the paint film has two
main purposes.
The first one is to protect the steel from corrosion.
The second for decorative appearance.
Painting for hydro mechanical works shall be carried out as per IS:14177-1971 or latest.
The painting system for gates and equipment shall be attended at 2 stages.
i) Applying paint as fresh at the time of manufacture.
ii) Removal of old paint, rust and repainting during maintenance.
4.1 Surface Preparation
After the equipment has been fabricated, it is essential that before any primer and
coat of paint is applied, the surface is properly prepared. Such preparation shall include
through cleaning smoothing, drying and similar operation that may be required to ensure
that the primer and or paint is applied on suitable surfaces.
The procedure for surface preparation shall be as follows:
Weld spatters or any other surface irregularities shall be removed by any suitable
means before cleaning.
All oil grease and dirt shall be removed from the surface by the use of clean material
spirits, Xylol or white gasoline and clean wiping materials.
Following the solvent cleaning, the surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned of all rust,
mill scale and other lightly adhering objectionable substances by sand blasting.
Blast clean to a minimum of Sa 2 ½ Swedish standard SIS 05 5900 with a surface
profile not exceeding 65 microns.
The fig. B Sa 21/2 is given.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 160/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-53
4.1.1
4.1.2
For more details of cleaning method refer IS: 1477 (part-I) – 1971.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 161/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-54
Surface of stainless steel, nickel, bronze and machined surface adjacent to metal
work being cleaned or painted shall be protected by making tape or by other
suitable means during the cleaning and painting operations.
Primers shall be applied as soon as the surface preparation is complete and prior to
the development of surface rusting. In case there is considerable time gap, the
surface shall be cleaned prior to priming.
4.2 Shop Painting
4.2.1 Embedded parts which come into contact of concrete:
All embedded parts which come in contact with concrete shall be cleaned as detailed
above and given two coats of cement latex to prevent rusting during the shipment
while awaiting installation.
4.2.2 Embedded parts which are not in contact with concrete and gate parts:
Two coats of zinc rich primer with epoxy resin shall be applied to all embedded
parts surface which are not in contact with concrete and shall remain exposed toatmosphere or submerged in water to obtain a dry film thickness of 75 microns,
which shall be followed by two coats at an interval of 24 hours of coal tar blend
epoxy resin pair so as to get a dry film thickness of 80 microns in each coat. Total
dry film thickness of paint shall be 300 microns.
Surfaces not to be painted: The following surfaces are not to be painted unless
otherwise specified
a) Machine finished or similar surface
b) Surfaces which will be in contact with concrete.
c)
Stainless steel overlay surfacesd) Surfaces in sliding or rolling contact
e) Galvanized surfaces, brass and bronze surfaces
f) Aluminum alloy surfaces
All finished surfaces of ferrous metal including bolts, screw threads etc., that will
expose during shipment or while awaiting installation shall be cleaned and given heavy
uniform coating of gasoline soluble rust preventive compound or equivalent.
4.3 GATES:
4.3.1 Primer Coat: Over the prepared surface one coat of inorganic zinc silicate primergiving a dry film thickness of 70 + 5 microns should be applied. Alternatively, two
coats of zinc rich primer, which should contain not less than 85% zinc on dry film
should be applied to give a total dry film thickness of 75 + 5 microns.
4.3.2 Finished Paint: Two coats of solvent less coal tar epoxy paints. These shall be
applied at an interval of about 24 hours. Each coat shall give a dry film thickness of
150 +5 microns. The total dry film thickness of all the coats including primer
coating shall not be less than 350 microns.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 162/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-55
4.4 Hoist and Supporting Structure:
4.4.1 Structural components
Primer coats of zinc phosphate primer shall be applied to give a dry film thickness of
40 + 5 microns.
Final Coats: One coat of alkyd based micaceous iron oxide paint to give a dry filmthickness of 65 +5 microns followed by two coats of synthetic enamel paint
conforming to IS: 2932 – 1974 to give a dry film thickness of 25 + 5 microns per
coat. The interval between each coat shall be 24 hours. The total dry thickness of all
coats of paint including the primary coat shall not be less than 175 microns.
4.4.2 Machinery: Except machined surfaces, all surfaces of machinery including gearing,
housing, shafting, bearing pedestals etc., shall be given the following coats of paint.
Primary Coats: One coat of zinc phosphate priming paint to give minimum film
thickness of 50 microns. Motors and other bought out items shall be painted if
necessary.
Finished Coats: The finished paint shall consist of three coats of aluminum paintconforming to IS:2339-1963 or synthetic enamel paint conforming to IS: 2932 –
1977 to give a dry film thickness of 25 + 5 microns to obtain a minimum dry film
thickness of 125 microns.
4.4.3 Machined Surfaces:
All machined surfaces of ferrous metal including screw threads which will be
exposed during shipment or installation shall be cleaned by suitable solvent and
given a heavy uniform coating of gasoline soluble removable rust preventive
compound or equivalent. Machined surfaces shall be protected with the adhesive
tapes or other suitable means during the cleaning and painting operation of othercomponents.
Note: If alternatives are chosen the guaranteed film thickness as are to be arrived at
from the data sheets of leading paint manufacturers and incorporated in the total
film thickness considering the location and atmospheric conditions of project.
4.5 Application of Paint:
Mix the contents thoroughly as directed by paint manufacturer before and
during use.
a)
Brush/roller
b) Conventional spray
c) Airless spray etc.,
Painting at shop can be done in any of the three methods so that the paint can be
made to suit the convenient direction, but once the gate and equipment are put in
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 163/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-56
position, the general method adopted is only by brush / roller. In case of spray, lot
of precautions are to be taken.
For more details: Refer IS: 1477 Part (II) – 1971.
Appendix A – Brushing of paint
Appendix B – Spraying of paint
Appendix C – Spray painting defects: Causes and remedies.
4.6 Removal of old paint/rust and carrying out fresh painting:
The carrying out of fresh painting is to be considered under the following
conditions:
Rusting is noticed all over the surface, or
Rusting is severe, or
Cracking and blistering has damaged the primer coat exposing the metal and
is noticed all over the surface, or
If the paint film has eroded badly, scrape off entire paint film to the base
metal and carry out fresh painting.
Note: In case of maintenance and renovation: Refer IS: 1477 (Part II) – 1971 for checking
and repainting.
4.7 Removal of old paint for repainting:
Caution should be exercised while removing the old paint. The surfaces shall be
derusted and descaled either mechanically or by one or more of the methods.
a) Wire brushing, Scrabing, and chipping, Sand papering or cleaning with steel
wool or abrasive paper.
b) Power tool cleaning.
c)
Flame cleaningd) Sand blasting or shot blasting and
e) Chemically rust removal.
Note: The method of application shall be decided based on conditions existing. After
cleaning, painting is to be carried out as originally proposed.
Some are painted without removal of old paint and rusting. This will amount to no
painting and deteriorate faster than the original one.
4.8 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF PAINTING
The following steps are involved in inspection of painting:
1. General Inspection before and during painting
2. Viscosity test of paints
3. Thickness test – using Elcometer
4. Inspection of general appearance of finished work.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 164/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-57
4.8.1 General: The aim of inspection and testing is to ascertain whether the
recommended practice is being employed during every stage of application and
whether the final results fulfill the object of painting. Inspection therefore means
a close supervision while the work is in progress. Any test carried out should be
of non – destructive nature or, if of destructive nature, should be either restricted
to areas which can be restored without marring the general appearances, or be
such that it is possible to restore easily without necessitating a complete
repetition of the work.
4.8.2 Inspection of surfaces prior to painting: Inspection methods will depend onwhether an article is to be painted for the first time or is to be repainted.
4.8.2.1 New Work (Note previously painted): The following shall be decided by inspection:
a) The method of pre cleaning feasible or recommended;
b) The intermediate protective treatments to be applied, if found necessary;
c) The painting schedule and the specifications for the paint for ensuring the particular
performance required; and
d) The method of application, whether by brush, roller or spray.
4.8.2.2 Old Work (which requires repainting): The following shall be decided by inspection:
a)
Whether the entire existing paint requires removal; and
b) Whether repainting without existing paint removal would be adequate.
For ascertaining whether the old paint has deteriorated to such an extent that its
complete removal is necessary, the following test for embrittlement should be
employed;
A square coin such as a 5 paisa coin shall be pressed with the straight edge on an
angle of 45o against the paint film. This will result in a chip of paint breaking loose from the
surface if the paint has embrittled, lacks adhesion and requires removal. If the paint is not
embrittled, it will curl or shrivel up under such pressure. The square coin test should be
combined with an examination of the paint film through a magnify glass to observe theextent of cracking and a paint film which does not show the hair cracks under it may be
considered as perfectly sound.
4.8.3 Inspection during preparation of Surfaces:
Cleaning and Degreasing: At the work- site, a visual and physical inspection is
adequate. A degreased steel surface is duller in appearance than one which is even
slightly oily. Wiping the surface with a piece of white cloth will show if minute
traces of grease and dust have been left on the surface. When steel is being
degreased by wiping the surface with mineral turpentine (or any other solvent), it is
important to watch the cleaning rags are washed or changed regularly.
Derusting and Descaling:
a) Sand Blasting: The most satisfactory method of removing rust and scale is by
sand blasting. The criterion of inspection should be that the steel after
sandblasting has a grayish white metallic appearance. The surface should be
uniform in color and slightly rough. Only such a uniform appearance ensures
that the surface has been thoroughly cleaned.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 165/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-58
b)
Hand Scraping: No definite method of inspection may be laid down for hand
scraping. It is unreasonable to expect hand scraped surfaces to be perfectly
clean, and for purposes of inspection, all loose rust or scale (and all loose paint in
case of repainting) shall have been removed.
c)
Chemical rust removal: In the case of chemical rust removal (pickling),
inspection shall make sure that washing after pickling has removed all traces of
acid. All work pieces shall be inspected particularly in inaccessible corners.
4.8.4 Inspection Before and during intermediate protective treatments:
It is important to inspect the work to make sure that no time is allowed for fresh
rust or other contamination to take place between the pre-cleaning and the intermediate
protective treatment. Inspection of the various suggested intermediate protective
treatments shall be carried out to ensure conformity with the recommended practice as
laid down in this standard and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
4.8.5 General inspection before and during Painting: When inspecting general
painting work while in progress, it should be ensured:
a) That painting follows immediately after pre cleaning or pre treatments; that any
contamination which may occur in the interim period is removed, that special
precautions are taken when painting after galvanizing;
b) That no painting is carried out when there is danger of dew;
c) That tools used are clean and not excessively worn;
d) That the paint in the drums is thoroughly mixed prior to application; that drums are
inspected to make sure that no sediment is left in them;
e) That if paint has thickened because of long storage or because of the evaporation of
the solvents, its viscosity is adjusted as recommended by the paint manufacturer;
f) That each coat is allowed to dry sufficiently but not excessively before applying the
following coat; that manufacturer’s instructions for drying time are adhered toproperly; and
g) That every individual coat is properly applied, reasonably level and smooth and free
from runs and ‘holidays’ (minute uncovered areas).
The field tests mentioned in 1 and 2 below may be carried out for facility of
inspection during the after painting.
Viscosity Test of Paints: A simple check is to verify the viscosity of the paint with
its original value at-least once during the course of its use. This may be done by
comparing the items of efflux of the paint when filled level in a viscosity cup of
standard dimensions and provided with an orifice of standard flow characteristics.
Thickness Test: The thickness of primer paints as well as the total film thickness of
all coats applied shall be verified with a suitable instrument. It is important that the
setting of the thickness meters is checked prior to the test and for this purpose
standardized test bits are supplied with every instrument. It should be noted that
instruments like the Elcometer contain a delicate magnet and that the storage and
handling of such instruments needs care to ensure that they retain their accuracy.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 166/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-59
4.9 SPRAY PAINTING DEFECTS: CAUSES AND REMEDIES
4.9.1 Defects in finish
I Sags
S.No. Possible cause Suggested remedies
i) Dirty air cap and fluid tip (distorted
spray pattern)
Remove air cap and clean tip and air cap
carefully
ii) Gun stroked too close to the surface Stroke the gun 150 to 250mm from surfaceiii) Trigger not released at end of stroke
(when stroke does not go beyond
object)
Operator should release the trigger after
every stroke.
iv) Gun stroked at wrong angle to the
surface
Gun should be stroked at right angles to
the surface
v) Paint applied too heavily Regular flow of paint
vi) Paint thinned too much Add the correct amount of solvent by
measure
II Streaks
i) Dirty air cap and fluid tip (distorted
spray pattern
Remove air cap and clean tip and air cap
carefully.
ii) Insufficient or incorrect overlapping of
strokes
Follow the previous stroke accurately to
deposit a wet coat
iii) Gun stroked too rapidly (‘dusting’ ofthe paint)
Avoid ‘whipping’ and use deliberate slowstrokes.
iv) Gun stroked at wrong angle to the
surface
Gun should be stroked at right angles to
the surface
v) Stroking too far from surface Stroke 150 to 250 mm from surface
vi) Too much air pressure Use less air pressure as necessary.
III. Orange Peel
i) Paint not thinned out sufficiently Add the correct amount and the right type
of solvent by measure
ii) Not depositing a wet coat Check solvent. Use correct speed, overlap
and stroke.
iii) Gun stroked too rapidly (‘dusting’ ofthe paint)
Avoid ‘whipping and use deliberate slowstrokes.
iv) Insufficient air pressure Increase air pressure or reduce fluid
pressure
v) Using wrong air cap or fluid nozzle Select correct sir cap and nozzle formaterial and feed.
vi) Gun stroked too far from the surface Stroke the gun 150 to 250 mm from the
surface
vii) Overspray striking a previously
sprayed surface
Spray detail parts first. End with a wet
coat.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 167/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control (HM Works) Page-60
4.9.2 Defects in Workmanship:
I Excessive Paint Loss
S.N. Possible cause Suggested remedies
i) Not ‘trigging’ the gun at each stroke It should be a habit to release trigger after
every stroke.
ii) Stroking at wrong angle to surface Gun should be stroked at right angle to surface
iii) Stroking gun too far from the surface Stroke the gun 150 to 250mm from the surface
iv) Wrong air cap or fluid tip Ascertain and use correct set up.v) Air pressure is too high Use the least amount of air as necessary
II Excessive Spray Fog, Surface Haze or Bloom
i) Too high air pressure Use least amount of compressed air as
necessary
ii) Spraying past surface of the product Release trigger when gun passes target
iii) Wrong air cap or fluid tip Ascertain and use correct set up
iv) Gun stroked too far from the surface Stroke the gun 150 to 250 mm from the
surface
v) Material thinned out too much Add the correct amount
vi) Too humid an atmosphere Spray during dry period. If not use retardersor slow evaporating solvents as advised by the
manufacturers.
III Paint will not come from Spray Gun
i) Out of paint (Gun begins to sputter) Add paint, correctly thinned out and strained
ii) Settled, caked pigment blocking gun
tip.
Remove obstruction, strip paint thoroughly
iii) Grit, dirt, paint skins etc., blocking gun
tip, fluid valve or strainer
Clean spray gun thoroughly and strain the
paint. Always strain paint before using it.
IV Paint will not come due to defects arising from Pressure Tank
i) Lack of air pressure in pressure tank Check for leaks or lack of air entry
ii) Air intake opening, inside of pressuretank lid, clogged by dried up paint
This is a common trouble. Clean the openingperiodically.
iii) Leaking gaskets on tank over Replace with a new gasket
V Gun sputters constantly
i) Fluid nozzle not tightened to spray gun Tighten securely, using a good gasket
ii) Leaky connection on fluid tube or
needle packing (suction gun)
Tighten connections. Lubricate packing
iii) Fluid pipe not tightened to the
pressure tank lid.
Tighten. Check for defective threads.
VI Paint leaks from spray gun
i) Fluid needle pacing nut too tight Loosen nut. Lubricate packing
ii) Packing for fluid needle dry Lubricate this part daily
iii) Foreign particle blocks fluid tip Remove the tip and clean
iv) Damaged fluid tip or needle Replace both tip and needle
v) Wrong size needle Use correct combination.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 168/195
Himachal Pradesh
Power Corporation Limited
O. K. Cards – Specimen
(Civil & HM Works)
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 169/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-1
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
O.K. Card for ExcavationContract No…………………………
Tunnel Cavern/Open Excavation Start (RD) From……………………………..To…………………….…….
EL From…………………………...To………………………….
Ref. Const. Drawings No………………………………………………
Date/Time/Shift………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Sr.
No.
Description Signature Remarks
Contractor HPPCL Const.
1. Layout
2. Rock Excavation
3. Rib Erection (Nos)
4. Spacer B/W Ribs & Struts (Nos)
5. Rock Bolting/Anchoring
6. Wiremesh Placement
7. Shotcreting (cum)
8. Packing Including Wedging/
back filling (cum)
9. Grouting, Drainage &
Forepoling
10. Geotechnical Mapping11. Drilling pattern including blast
time
12. Defuming/site clean up
13. Final O. K. for next blast
NOTE: - 1) These cards shall be signed with date by Authorized Construction
representatives of the contractor & HPPCL, not below the rank of HPPCL
Engineer. Full name shall be indicated in block letters. Cards shall be put in
the O. K. Box before the next operation is commenced.
2) One card shall be signed jointly by both construction representative & control
representative of HPPCL besides the contractor every fortnightly.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 170/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-2
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
QUALITY REPORTS
ROCK EXCAVATIONStatus of Rock Vol. of Excavation Remarks
SHOT CRETEQty. of Shot
Crete
W/c Ratio Type of
cement
% Refusal No. of Panel
Casted
Nozzle man
Efficiency
Type of
Admixture
BACK FILL CONCRETEQty. of Cement W/e Ratio Type of Cement Qty. back filled
ROCK DRILLINGLength of
Drill Hole
Type of
explosive
used
No. of
detonator
used
Blasting
Time
Defuming
Time
Scaling Time Mucking
Time
GROUTING
Method ofGrouting
Type of Hole Grout Mix Qty. of cementin Bag
PercolationTest
PressureTesting
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 171/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-3
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
O. K. Card for Underground Structures-Concrete Lining
Contract No. R. D. from…………….……………….To………………………
Tunnel/Cavern E. L. From……………………………To………………………..
Ref. Const. Drawing No……………………………………...
Sr.
No.
Description Signature Remarks
Contractor HPPCL
1. Rock Excavation
2. Bottom clean up
3. Ground Mat
4. Initial O. K. including ribs
5. Concrete surface preparation with sand
blasting/chipping air & water jet cleaning,
grinding of edges etc.
6. Reinforcement
7. Grout Nipples
8. Drainage Pipes
9. Cooling Pipes
10. Embedments for instrumentation
11. Water stops
12. Gantry form with inspection windows/concrete
placement windows
13. Oiling of Forms
14. Form Vibrations
15. Final Clean up
16. Type of Concrete Mix
17. Final O. K. for Concrete Placing
NOTE: - 1) These cards shall be signed with date by Authorized Construction
representatives of the contractor & HPPCL, not below the rank of HPPCL
Engineer. Full name shall be indicated in block letters. Cards shall be put in
the O. K. Box before the next operation is commenced.
2) One card shall be signed jointly by both construction representative & control
representative of HPPCL besides the contractor every fortnightly.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 172/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-4
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
Quality Report on Pour No………………………………………………………………………………………………...
Date…………………………..Time Started…………………………………..Hours……………………………............
Date…………………………..Time Completed……………………………..Hours…………………………………….
Class Volume Batched (m3) Volume Wasted (m3) Type of Cement used Remarks
OBSERVATION ON PLASTIC CONCRETEClass Tested Slump
(mm)
Air % Yield Temp. Co. Specimen Cast Remarks
Date Time Conc. Air Cubes Cylinder
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 173/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-5
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
O. K. Card for Placement of concrete for DAM/OPEN WORKS
Contract No.
a) Feature: -
b) Block No………………………………………Co-Ordinate……………………………………………………….....................................
c) Lift Elevation………………………………………..From………………………………….To……….………………………....................
d) Placing Method…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....................e) Concrete Specifications: - Class……………………………….Estimated Qty…………………….………………......................
Sr.
No
Description Signature Remarks
Contractor HPPCL
1. Survey : Layout Levels
2. Excavation
3. Foundation Treatment
4. Geotechnical Mapping Including
Rock Anchors
5. Civil - Initial clean-up
- Form Work
- Surface Preparation
- Anchor Bolts
- Water stop joint filler
- Reinforcement
- Embedded steel
- Opening/Blockout
- Joint Treatment- Protection lighting
- Final Clean-up
6. Instrumentation: -
Installation & Embedments
7. Mechanical: - Embedments
8. Electrical: - Embedments
9. Miscellaneous
10. Final O. K. to Place Concrete
Date………………………………Time…………………………….For Contractor…………………………………………………..................
Date……………………………….Time……………………………For HPPCL Const. Department…………………………..................
Date……………………………….Time……………………………For HPPCL (Q. C.)………………………………………………................
This O. K. card validated for 24 Hrs. only (Rep. QC Deptt…………………………………………………………………..............
NOTE: - 1) These cards shall be signed with date by Authorized Construction representatives of the
contractor & HPPCL, not below the rank of HPPCL Engineer. Full name shall be indicated in
block letters. Cards shall be put in the O. K. Box before the next operation is commenced.
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 174/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-6
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
Quality Report on Pour No………………………………………………………………………………………………... Date…………………………..Time Started…………………………………..Hours……………………………............ Date…………………………..Time Completed……………………………..Hours…………………………………….
Class Volume Batched (m3) Volume Wasted (m3) Type of Cement used Remarks
OBSERVATION ON PLASTIC CONCRETEClass Tested Slump
(mm)
Air % Yield Temp. Co. Specimen Cast Remarks
Date Time Conc. Air Cubes Cylinder
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 175/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-7
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
Placement Report Contract No.
Feature: -
(To be submitted to Executive Engineer, Superintending Engineer, Quality Control)
Date and Time of Start…………………………………………………………..BlockNo……………………………………….
Date and Time of Finish………………………………………………………..................
R. D. From………………………………………To…………………………………...............
E. L. From……………………………………….To…………………………………...............
CONCRETE DETAILS: -
Sr.
No.
SHIFT TOTAL QTY.
Concrete Grade
Total……………………………… Shift………………………………. Shift wise inspection report
1. Vibration
2. Grout Pipe
3. Forms
4. Cold joints
5. Slope of concrete surface, towards the
drain pipe and grade at all boundries
6. Wriglling round corners of gutter,
gallaries and oil seals
7. Finish of lite Hydro-blasts ( )
Green Cut ( )
Wood Flood ( )
Steel Trowel ( )
8. Signature of representative Const. Deptt………………………………………………………………… .
9. Signature of representative of Quality Control Deptt…………………………………………………
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 176/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-8
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
REINFORCEMENT INSPECTION CHECK LIST
Package : - Quali
Recor
No - Q10bContractor: -
Structure and Element
CONTRACTORS INSPECTION REQUEST No.
Sr. No DescriptionRemarks
YES NO NA
1 Reinforcing steel material approved
2 Bar bending and cutting satisfactory
3 Bar sizes correct
4 Bar spacing correct5 Bar lap lengths correct
6 Bar laps at correct locations
7 Bar tied as specified
8Bar assembly rigid and adequately supported
( including spacers & chair supports)
9 Cover to bottom bars correct
10 Covers of bars correct
11 Cover blocks approved including fixing
12 Levels of reinforcement correct
13 Cleaning of reinforcement completed14 Details of Lap provided
a.
b.
c.
d.
15 Details of chairs / spacers provided
Tested By Checked By Verified By
For Contractor For Engineer
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 177/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-9
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete work
Name of work: - Agency: -
Contract/Package No: - Location: -
Date: -
Description of activities Remarks & dated
signature of
construction
agency
Remarks & dated
signature of
construction
engineer
Remarks & dated
signature of QC
engineer
- Material suitability
1. Cement
2.
Steel
3. Coarse aggregate
4.
Fine aggregate
(sand)
5.
Water
6.
Admixture
OK for materials
- Form work & centering
1.
Tightness, stability
& smoothness
2.
Cleaning, oiling &
perfectness of form
work
3.
RL of centering
4.
Checking ofreinforcement
OK for reinforcement
Misc.
1. Cleanliness of
surface where
concrete is to be
poured.
2. Surface treatment
for construction
joints.
3.
Water stop4.
Expansion joints
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 178/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-10
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
- Tools & plants
1.
Batching & mixing
plant and vibrators
2.
Adequacy of
concrete production,
transportation,placement &
consolidation
OK for tools & plants
adequacy
- Final placement of
concrete
1.
Cleanliness of
surface
2.
Design mix
measurement
3.
Mixing consistency4. Slump
5.
Compaction of
concrete
6.
Finishing
7.
Casting of cubes
8. Curing
9.
Compressive
strength at 28 days
10.
Embedments if any
Final OK
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 179/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-11
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
Compressive strength of concretePackage: -
Contractor: -
Name of Component: -
Date ofCasting
Date ofTesting
Grade ofConcrete
Qualityin m3
Ageof
Test
Locationof
pouring
No. ofCubes
Casted
7 daysAverage
Strength
28 daysAverage
Strength
ContractorsRep. Sig
HPPCLRep.
Sig.
Rem
Load
in KN
Str. In
N/mm2
Load
in Km
Str. In
N/mm2
Avg.
Avg.
Avg.
Avg.
Avg.
Avg.
Tested By Checked By Verified By
Signature Signature: Signature
Name: - Name: - Name: -
Date: - Date: - Designation: -
Date: -
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 180/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-12
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
ROCK BOLT TEST RESULT
Name of Project: -
Name of contractor: -
Name of Site: -
Date of test: -
1
Type of rock bolt Expansion/Resin/Anchor/ Cement Grouted
2
Location & R: D
3
Length of rock bolt 3200/4000/4500/5000/6000/8000
4 Rock bolt classification Class1/ii/iii/iv/v
5
Dia of hole 45mm/38mm/32mm/51
6
Length of hole mm
7 Bearing plates size & Thickness 150mm x150mm x10mm {300mm
x300mm x16mm}
8 Dia of hole in bearing plate mm
9
Length of threaded portion mm
10 Dia of thread mm
11
No & size of resin capsule used No. Dia mm Length mm
12 Manufacture ‘ Name Buildtech /Hind/ Sika/Appex
a) End anchorage 900 mm
b) Design requirement 900 mm
13
Dia of rock bolt 25 mm, 32mm
14
Maximum Permissible limit of displacement 40mm
Load Tons 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Displacement Reading
(mm)
Maximum Pull (Tons ) 17 Tons
Maximum Displacement
(mm)
mm
Nature of failure O.K. (NO FAILURE)/FAIL
Remarks
Tested By Checked By Verified By
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 181/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-13
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
SIEVE ANALYSIS FOR SAND/FINE AGGREGATE (IS: 383)
PackageQuality Record
No - QR-
Contractor
Source: -Sample No: -
Sampled By: -Tested By: -
Date of sampling: - Date of testing: -
Weight of sample taken: -
Sieve size
(mm)
Weight
Retained
(gm)
Cumulative
Wt. Retained
(gm)
Cumulative %
Retained
% of
Passing
Specified limits
(MOST Cl. 1000.2)
Zone I Zone II Zone III
10 100 100 100
4.75 90 - 100 90 - 100 90 - 100
2.36 60 - 95 75 - 100 85 - 100
1.18 30 - 70 55 - 90 75 - 90
0.6 15 - 34 35 - 59 60 - 79
0.3 5 - 20 8 - 30 12 - 40
0.15 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10
Pan 0-3 0-3 0-3F.M.
Silt @ 3hrs.
by Volume
Remarks:
Tested By Checked By Verified By
Signature
Name:
Date:
Signature
Name:
Date:
Signature
Name:
Designation:Date:
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 182/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-14
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
CALIBRATION OF BATCHING PLANT Package: - Quality Rec
No – QR-Contractor: -
Frequency : Monthly
Location: Make/Model: Steller Plant Capacity of B. P. = 0.5m3/30m3 per hrs.Date of Calibration: Date of next Calibration:
AGGREGATE: LOADING SEQUENCE UNLOADING SEQUENCE CEMENT & WATER – LOADI
Actual
Load
(Kg)
Indicated
Load (Kg)
(+/-)
%
Error
Remarks Actual
Load
(Kg)
Indicated
Load (Kg)
(+/-)
%
Error
Remarks ctual
Load
(Kg)
Indicated
Load (Kg)
(+/-)
%
Error
Rem
s
ADMIXTURE: LOADING SEQUENCE UNLOADING SEQUENCE CEMENT & WATER–UNLOAD
Actual
Load
(Kg)
Indicated
Load (Kg)
(+/-)
%
Error
Remarks Actual
Load
(Kg)
Indicated
Load (Kg)
(+/-)
%
Error
Remarks
Note: As per DTS, CI 11.7.2
As per I.S. 4926-2003
Tolerances for Cement = ± 2
Aggregate & Water ± 3%
Chemical Admixture = ± 3%
For The Contractor For The Engineer
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 183/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page-15
Himachal Pradesh Power Corporation Limited
QUALITY CONTROL DEPARTMENT
Card No…………………….
SAFETY CHECKLIST
PackageQuality Record
No - QR-
Contractor
Structure and Element
CONTRACTORS INSPECTION REQUEST NO
S. No. ITEMS YES NO
1 All workers engaged in bore muck / slush wear gum boot
2 Workers working with wire rope wearing gloves
3 All workers wearing safety helmets
4Safety cordon is provided around excavated foundation location &
Underground water tank
5All switch board are properly covered and electrical lines are carried on
bamboo poles with insulated wires
6 Welders and gas cutters are wearing welding helmets and Gloves
7 Earthing is done using insulated cables
8Emergency medical kit and other emergency facilities are provided at
site
9Lights are properly covered using insulated wires, Halogen Lamps and
Hand lamp with wire mesh covering
10 Hot cutting scrap are quenched and remove properly
11 Oil, fuel installation stock yard are properly protected with temp. firefighting equipments
12 Safety officer and supervisors are available at site
13All cranes JCB Hydra etc. Drivers / operators have the required
certificates
14Proper warning sign board / instruction board in Hindi,English and
Punjabi should be affixed by the contractor
For Contractor For Engineer
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 184/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 16
1 & 2 Stage Embedments
QP NO.:
REV.0,
DATE:
SL. NO. ACTIVITY AND
OPERATION
CHARACTERISTICS /
INSTRUMENTS
CLASS OF
CHECKTYPE OF CHECK
QUANTUM
OF CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS ACCEPTANCE NORMS REMARK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D* 10
1st Stage Emb. Parts ,Radial Gates (with & without flap),vertical gates,
1 Dimensinal Check Measuring Instrume Major Measurement 100%
Appd. Drawing/ data
sheet
Appd. Drawing/ data
sheet Site register
2
Identification of sub
componenets Dispatch doc/drg Major Qty check 100% Drg/Dispatch doc. Drg/Dispatch doc. Site register
1 Dimensinal Check
Measuring
Instrument Major Measurement 100% Appd. Drawing/ data shAppd. Drawing/ data Site register
2
Identification of sub
componenets Dispatch doc/drg Major Qty check 100% Drg/Dispatch doc. Drg/Dispatch doc. Site register
3 Site welding i f any WPS/welding Major DP Test 10% Approved WPS Approved WPS Site register
4 Alignment & Flatness Measurement Major Measurement 100% Appd. Drawing Appd. Drawing Site register
5
Alignment of gate
roller assly & its freerotation Measurement Major Measurement 100% Appd. Drawing Appd. Drawing Site register
6 Concreting
Horizontal/Vertical
surface Major Levelling Inst. 100% Contractor Procedure Contractor Procedur Site register
REVIEWED BY APPROVEDSIGNATURE
LEGEND : *RECORDS IDENTIFIED WITH "TICK" (√ ) SHALL BEESSENTIALY INCLUDED BY CONTRACTOR IN QA
DOCUMENTATION.LEGEND TO BE USED: CLASS#:
A=CRITICAL,B=MAJOR, C=MINOR; 'A' SHALL BE WITNESSED
BY HPPCL FQA. 'B' SHALL BE WITNESSED BY HPPCL
ERECTION/ CONSTRUCTION ,C: SUPPLIER/ NOMINATED
AGENCY
MANUFACTURER/
SUB-SUPPLIER
FOR HPPCL USE
PROJECT :FIELD QUALITY PLAN
DOC. NO. RE
MAIN-SUPPLIER
FORMAT OF RECORD
PACKAGE :
CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
2nd
Stage Emb. Parts ,Radial Gates (with & without flap),vertical gates,
SUB-SYSTEM :
SUPPLIER'S NAME & ADDRESS:
SUPP-LIER'S
LOGOITEM : ERECTION OF EMBEDE PARTS FOR ALL RADIAL &
VERTICAL LIFT GATES /STOPLOGS
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 185/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 17
Authorization Powers
Classification/
CategorisationWitnessing & accepting Authority Surveillance By HPPCL
Category-A
(Critical)
FQA Engineer in association with
Executing Engineer
HEAD (FQA)
Category-B
(Major)
Executing Engineer FQA Engineer
Category-C
(Minor)HPPCL Executing Engineer
Another Executing Engineer
authorised by Head
(Executing Department)
HPPCL AUTHORIZATION FOR DIFFERENT CATEGORY / CLASS OF CONSRUCTION / ERECTION CHECKS
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 186/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 18
DT Gates
QP NO.:
REV.0, DATE:
SL. NO. ACTIVITY AND
OPERATIONCHARACTERISTICS /
INSTRUMENTSCLASS
OF
CHECK
TYPE OFCHECK
QUANTUMOF CHECK
REFERENCEDOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCENORMS
REMARKS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D* 10
1 DT GATES
1.01 Dimensional Measuring inst B
Measurement 100%
Appd
Drag/datasheet
Appd
Drag/datasheet Site register
1.02
Identification of sub
- comp Despatch doc/measuring B 100% Drg/Desp . Doc Drg/Desp . Doc Site register
1.03
Prep of concerete
foor Horizontal surface B Leveing Inst 100%
Contractor
procedure
Contractor
procedure Site register
1.04
Const of temp
stage Dimn ; Stabiity B
Visual/measur
e 100%
Contractor
procedure
Contractor
procedure Site register
1.05
Assy of gate
element Straightness & horizontal A
Visual/measur
e 100%
Appd
Drg/Contractor
Precedure
Appd Drg/OMML
Precedure Site register
1.06 Site welding if any WPS/Welding test B DP Test 100% Approved WPS Approved WPS Site register
1.07
Allignment &
flatness of seal
base pate Measurment B Measurement 100% Appd Drg/ Annex 1 Appd Drg/ Annex 1 Site register
1.08
Allignment of gate
wheels assly &its
free rotat ion Measurment & wire A Measurement 100%
Appd Drg /
Annexure 1
Appd Drg /
Annexure 1 Site register
1.09
Lowering of gate in
groove
Sea Precompression,
imit of precompression of
rubber seal A
Fuly cosed to
fully raised
posn 100%
Appd Drg /
Annexure 1 Appd Drg / Annex 1 Site register
1.1 Tria run of gate Visual/Measurement A
Lowering&Rai
sing 100% Appd Drg / Annex 1 Appd Drg / Annex 1 Site register
1.11
Hydraulic HoIst
Installation A 100% As per annexure 11
REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
SUPPLIER'S NAME & ADDRESS:
FOR HPPCL USE
DOC. NO. REV. ...
PACKAGE :
MAIN-SUPPLIER
FORMAT OF RECORD
SIGNATURE
LEGEND : *RECORDS IDENTIFIED WITH "TICK" (√ )SHALL BE ESSENTIALY INCLUDED BY CONTRACTOR
IN QA DOCUMENTATION. LEGEND TO BE USED:
CLASS#: A=CRITICAL,B=MAJOR, C=MINOR; 'A' SHALL
BE WITNESSED BY HPPCL FQA. 'B' SHALL BE
WITNESSED BY HPPCL ERECTION/ CONSTRUCTION
MANUFACTURER/
SUB-SUPPLIER
CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
SUPP-LIER'S
LOGO
PROJECT :FIELD QUALITY PLAN
ITEM :
SUB-SYSTEM :
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 187/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 19
DT Gates 2nd Stage
QP NO.:
REV.01, DATE:
SL.NO.
ACTIVITY ANDOPERATION
CHARACTERISTICS / INSTRUMENTS
CLASS OF
TYPE OFCHECK
QUANTUMOF CHECK
REFERENCEDOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCENORMS
REMA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Second Stage
Embedded parts as per
drawings/ sketch for DT
roller gate
1
Overall dimension/
location B Measurement 100% Drg log book
2
Identification of sub
component B Visual 100% Drg log book
3
Centering,levelling &
alingment B Measurement 100% Drg log book
4 Assembly filment B Measurement 100% Drg log book
5 Field welding
a) fillet welding/ butt
welding A
WPS/PQR
Qualified welder 100%
ASME Sec IX
ASTM T2,168 No
inspection
record
b) DP test on finalbutt weld B DP test 100% linear defect
inspectionrecord
6
Template check for
embedded parts A Template 100% As per drg
inspection
record
REVIEWED BY APPROV
FIELD QUALITY PLAN
FOR HPPCL USE
PACKAGE :
SIGNATURE
LEGEND : *RECORDS IDENTIFIED WITH "TICK" (√ )SHALL BE ESSENTIALY INCLUDED BY CONTRACTOR
IN QA DOCUMENTATION. LEGEND TO BE USED:
CLASS#: A=CRITICAL,B=MAJOR, C=MINOR; 'A'
SHALL BE WITNESSED BY HPPCL FQA. 'B' SHALL BE
WITNESSED BY HPPCL ERECTION/ CONSTRUCTION
DEPTT. AND 'C' SHALL BE WITNESSED BY MAIN
SUPPLIER (A & B CHECK SHALL BE HPPCL )
ITEM : Erection of Gates
SUB-SYSTEM :
MAIN-SUPPLIER
FORMAT OF RECORD
MANUFACTURER/
SUB-SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER'S NAME & ADDRESS:
SUPP-
LIER'S
LOGO CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
DOC. NO.
PROJECT :
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 188/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 20
Erection of Gates
QP NO.:
REV.0, DATE:
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY AND
OPERATION
CHARACTERISTICS
/ INSTRUMENTS
CLASS OF
CHECK
TYPE OF
CHECK
QUANTU
M OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMSREMARKS
1 Dimensional Measuring instrument Major Measurment 100%
Appd. Drg./data
sheet
Appd. Drg./data
sheet Site register
2
Identification of
subcomp
Dispatch
doc/measure/drg Major 100% Drg./Dispatch doc. Drg./Dispatch doc. Site register
3
Prep of concrete
floor
Horizontal & vertical
surface Major levelling inst. 100%
Contractor
procedure
Contractor
procedure Site register
4 Const of temp stage Dimn. Stability Major Visual/ measure 100%
Contractor
procedure
Contractor
procedure Site register
5 Site welding if any WPS/welding Major DP test 100% Approved WPS Approved WPS Site register
6 Gate asssembly Measurment Major
Fully closed to
fully raised
position 100%
Approved
Drg./Contractor
Procedure
Approved
Drg./Contractor
Procedure Site register
7
Lowering of gate in
groove
precompression, lt.of
precompression Major
fully raised
position 100%
Drg./Contractor
Procedure
Drg./Contractor
Procedure Site register
8 Trial run of gate Visual/ measurment Major
Lowering &
raising 100%
Approved
Drg./Contractor
Procedure
Approved
Drg./Contractor
Procedure Site register
B
Final testing of
gates
9 Dry condition
operation of gate &
hoist Major
Lowering &
raising 100%
Drg./Contractor
Procedure
Drg./ContractorL
Procedure Site register
10 Seal test Visual/ measurment Major Filler gauge test 100%
Approved
Drg./Contractor
Procedure
Approved
Drg./Contractor
Procedure Site register
REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
FIELD QUALITY PLAN
FOR HPPCL USE
PACKAGE :
SIGNATURE
LEGEND : *RECORDS IDENTIFIED WITH "TICK" (√ )SHALL BE ESSENTIALY INCLUDED BY CONTRACTOR IN
QA DOCUMENTATION. LEGEND TO BE USED: CLASS#:
A=CRITICAL,B=MAJOR, C=MINOR; 'A' SHALL BE
WITNESSED BY HPPCL FQA. 'B' SHALL BE WITNESSED
BY HPPCL ERECTION/ CONSTRUCTION DEPTT. AND 'C'
SHALL BE WITNESSED BY MAIN SUPPLIER (A & B
CHECK SHALL BE HPPCL)
ITEM : Erection of Gates
SUB-SYSTEM :
MAIN-SUPPLIER
FORMAT OF
RECORD
MANUFACTURER/
SUB-SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER'S NAME & ADDRESS:
SUPP-
LIER'S
LOGO CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
DOC. NO.
PROJECT :
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 189/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 21
Gantry Crane Hoist
QP NO.:
REV.No,
DATE:
S r.No A CTIV ITY AND OPE RA TIO NCHARACTERISTICS /
INSTRUMENTS
CLASS OF
CHECK
TYPE OF
CHECK
QUANTU
M OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMSREMARKS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A Material receipt
(1) Check for the
availability of
document A Visual 100%
Packing
list/loading
advise
slip/MDCC/CHP/
BBU/DRG.
Appd
drgs.relevant IS
codes log book
(2) Verify the
components/items
received for following
a) loose/ open A Visual 100%
Packing
lis/loading advise
slip/MDCC/CHP/
BBU/DRG.
Appd
drgs.relevant IS
codes log book
b) item num./drg. No.
(3) Check the
components/ item on
receipt for the
following
a) loose/ open
b) physical damage A Visual 100%
Packing
lis/loading advise
slip/MDCC/CHP/
BBU/DRG.
Appd
drgs.relevant IS
codes log book
c) shortage/excess of
quantity
(4) ensure
nonconfirmity &
rejection components
& stored separately B Visual 100%
Packing
lis/loading advise
slip/MDCC/CHP/
BBU/DRG.
Appd
drgs.relevant IS
codes log book
(5) Storage of all items
of scope of supply of
gantry crane A Visual 100%
Packing
lis/loading advise
slip/MDCC/CHP/
BBU/DRG.
Appd
drgs.relevant IS
codes
As per storage
manual
(6) Ensure control of
list & issue of all
components B Visual 100%
Packing
lis/loading advise
slip/MDCC/CHP/
BBU/DRG.
Appd
drgs.relevant IS
codes log book
B
Pre errection/errection
chartMeasurement
equipment B Visual 100% Appd drg./ data sh
Appd drg./ data
sheet site register
a) Gantry girder bracket top level
on the column alignment Measurement A water level 100% Protocol
(b) Top flange level of gantry
girder alingment Measurement A water level 100% Protocol
gravity Measurement B water level 1000% Protocol
alingment/straightens,level,elevati Measurement B water level 100% Protocol
(e) Joining of girder, movement of
wheels,placement & pertaining of
eletrical pannel Measurement B Logbook
(f) Cable connection,continuity
check & IR Measurement B Logbook
(g) Gear box alignment with motor
& check for oil level Measurement A Protocol
(h) LT machinary, electrical
equipment other structural
componenets,limit swtich & mech
stopper atc. Fill up & allignment B visual 100% Approved drg. Logbook
Comissioning checks 100% Approved d rg .
a) All cable connections IR Measurement A 100% Approved drg. Logbook
b)Earthing A 100% Logbook
c) Operation of brakes A 100% Logbook
d) Operation of limit switch B 100% Logbook
e) Motor IR value & earthing B 100% Logbook
& crane speed A 100% Logbook
& crane speed A 100% Logbook
h) At 25% over load check motor
current & crane speed A 100% Logbook
C
Dimensional check for assembled
crane Dimensional check B
Measurment
check 100% As per drawing As per drawing
Random check
by HPPCL site register
D Welding if any 1) W PS/P QR A W PS RT /DP/U T 1 00 % A s pe r drawing As per drawing NDT report
2) NDT A
E Assembly B
Measurment
check 100% As per drawing As per drawing As per drawing site register
F Rope Drum Visual & measurment ALowerinn &Raising 100% Approved d rg . Approved drg. site register
G Trial run of gantry crane Visual & measurment A 100% Approved drg. Approved drg. site register
H Load test
1.25 times of design
load A Measurment 100% As per drawing As per drawing Report
REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
FORMAT OF RECORD
MANUFACTURER/
SUB-SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER'S NAME & ADDRESS:
SUPP-LIER'S
LOGO
CONTRACT NO.:
SIGNATURE
LEGEND : *RECORDS IDENTIFIED WITH "TICK" (√ )SHALL BE ESSENTIALY INCLUDED BY CONTRACTOR
IN QA DOCUMENTATION. LEGEND TO BE USED:
CLASS: A=CRITICAL,B=MAJOR, C=MINOR; 'A' SHALL
BE WITNESSED BY HPPCL FQA. 'B' SHALL BE
WITNESSED BY HPPCL ERECTION/ CONSTRUCTION
DEPTT. AND 'C' SHALL BE WITNESSED BY MAIN
SUPPLIER (A & B CHECK SHALL BE HPPCL CHP
STAGE)
ITEM : GANTRY CRANE
SUB-SYSTEM :
MAIN-SUPPLIER
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
DOC. NO.
PROJECT :FIELD QUALITY PLAN
FOR HPPCL USE
PACKAGE :
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 190/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 22
Hydraulic Hoist Piping
QP NO.:
REV.01,
DATE:
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
AND
OPERATI
ON
CHARACTERISTICS /
INSTRUMENTS
CLASS
OF
CHECK
TYPE OF CHECKQUANTUM
OF CHECKREFERENCE DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMSREMARKS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Piping & Sub components(tree/elbow/reducers etc.)
1 Overall Dimension/ location B Measurment 100% Drg. Log book
2
Identification of sub
components B 100% Dispatch/received doc./drg Log book
3
Centering levelling &
alignment B 100% Drawing Log book
4 Assembly Fitment B 100% Drawing Log book
5 Field welding
a) butt weld A WPS/POR/qualified 100% ASME-IX Inspection record
b) DP test On butt weld A Rt on weld/DP test ( 100%
ASME-VIII/UW-51(VOLINEAR
INDICATOR Inspection record
6 Pressure testing for piping A
Measurment hydro
test 100%
As per drgs./data sheets as
per drgs./site req. Inspection record
7 Plate cut to size C Dim/Location 100% Log book
REVIEWED BY APPROVED B
FORMAT OF
RECORD
MANUFACTURER/
SUB-SUPPLIER
SUPPLIER'S NAME & ADDRESS:
SUPP-
LIER'S
LOGO CONTRACT NO.:
SIGNATURE
LEGEND : *RECORDS IDENTIFIED WITH "TICK" (√ ) SHALL BEESSENTIALY INCLUDED BY CONTRACTOR IN QA DOCUMENTATION.
LEGEND TO BE USED: CLASS#: A=CRITICAL,B=MAJOR, C=MINOR;
'A' SHALL BE WITNESSED BY HPPCL FQA. 'B' SHALL BE WITNESSED
BY HPPCL ERECTION/ CONSTRUCTION DEPTT. AND 'C' SHALL BE
WITNESSED BY MAIN SUPPLIER (A & B CHECK SHALL BE HPPCL
CHP STAGE)
ITEM : Hydraulic hoist Piping
SUB-SYSTEM :
MAIN-SUPPLIER
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
DOC. NO.
PROJECT :FIELD QUALITY PLAN
FOR HPPCL USE
PACKAGE :
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 191/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 23
Legends
ITEM : Field quality Plan (Receipt & Storage) QP NO.:. ,
DATE:
Sheet
MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER Main supplier
LEGEND: Records idemnified with "TICK() Shall be
essentially included supplier in QA documentation **
Manufacturer/Sub-Supplier C: Supplier/Nominated
Inspection Agency HPPCL HPPCL Doc No. Rev…..
For HPPCL use
Revised by Approved by Aprroval Seal
ENGG. DIVISON
CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
MANUFACTURERS NAME &
ADDRESS:
SIGNATURE
PROJECT :FIELD QUALITY PLAN
PACKAGE : HM Package
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 192/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 24
Receipt & Storage
QP NO.:
REV.0, DATE:
SL. NO. ACTIVITY AND OPERATIONCHARACTERISTICS
/ INSTRUMENTS
CLASS
OF
CHECK
TYPE
OF
CHEC
K
QUANTU
M OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMSREMARKS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D* 10
Second Stage embedded
parts for Diversion Tunnel
Roller Vertical Gate
A) Material Receipt
a) Check for shipping
list/ Packing
List/RRL/MDCC B Visual 100%
MDCC/CHP/shipping
Advice/RR/L/Drg Same as column Log book
b)Check for damage
& bend during
transportation B Visual 100% do do Log book
B) Material Storage
a)Stored in plain
open yard on raised
surface B Visual 100% do do Log book
b)Check for damage
& bend damageduring
loading/unloading B Visual 100% do do Log book
C) Ensure non confirming &
rejected components
identified A Visual 100% do do Log book
REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
SUPPLIER'S NAME & ADDRESS:
FOR HPPCL USE
DOC. NO. REV. ...
PACKAGE :
MAIN-SUPPLIER
FORMAT OF RECORD
SIGNATURE
LEGEND : *RECORDS IDENTIFIED WITH "TICK"
(√ ) SHALL BE ESSENTIALY INCLUDED BYCONTRACTOR IN QA DOCUMENTATION.
LEGEND TO BE USED: CLASS#:
A=CRITICAL,B=MAJOR, C=MINOR; 'A' SHALL
BE WITNESSED BY HPPCL FQA. 'B' SHALL BE
WITNESSED BYHPPCL ERECTION/
CONSTRUCTION
MANUFACTURER/
SUB-SUPPLIER
CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
SUPP-LIER'S
LOGO
PROJECT :FIELD QUALITY PLAN
ITEM :
SUB-SYSTEM :
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 193/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 25
Storage & Receipt
QP NO.:
REV: DATE:
Sheet
SL. NO.CHARACTERISTICS /
INSTRUMENTS
TYPE OF
CHECKCLASS
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
& ACCEPTANCE
STANDARDS
QUANTUM /
FREQUENCY OF
CHECK
FORMAT OF
RECORDREMARKS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
MATERIAL RECEIPT: (FOR
ALL ITEMS i.e. FABRICATION OF
PARTS : Ist STAGE EMBEDDED
PARTS ,IInd STAGE EMBEDDED
PARTS , CASING, GATE ELEMENTS
,LOCKING DEVICE ,GATE
PARTS,PIPES , VALVES
,HYDRAULLIC CYLINDER & POWER
PACK ,SEAL ,AIR COMPRESSER,etc.
LOOSE PARTS-NUTS & BOLTS
,PAINTS & LUBRICATION etc, FOR
RADIAL GATE (SPILLWAY &
BOTTOM OUTLET) VERTICAL GATE
,INTAKE,DRAFT TUBE & GANTRY
CRANE PARTS, HOIST PARTS
1
CHECK FOR THE AVAILABILTY OF
DOCUMENTS
VISUAL MAJOR
PACKING LIST/ LOADING
ADVISE SLIP
100%
2
VERIFY THE COMPONENTS /ITEMS
RECEIVED FOR FOLLOWING- A) LOOSE/OPEN
B) ITEM NO./Drg.NO.
VISUAL MAJORPACKING LIST/ LOADING
ADVISE SLIP
100%
3
CHECK THE COMPONENT /ITEN ON
RECEIPTFOR THE FOLLOWING
A) LOOSE/OPEN
B) PHYSICAL DAMAGE
C) SHAORTAGE /EXCESS OF QTY.
VISUAL MAJOR
PACKING LIST/ LOADING
ADVISE SLIP
100%
4
ENSURE NON-CONFIRMING &
REACTION COMPONENTS ARE
IDENTIFIED & STORED
SEPARATELY
VISUAL MAJORPACKING LIST/ LOADING
ADVISE SLIP
100%
5ENSURE CONTROL OF REEIPT &
ISSUE OF ALL THE COMPONENTSVISUAL MAJOR
PACKING LIST/ LOADING
ADVISE SLIP100%
REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
PROJECT :FIELD QUALITY PLAN
FOR HPPCL
DOC. NO. REV. .
PACKAGE :
CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
MAIN-SUPPLIER
SIGNATURE
URER/
SUB-
ITEM: FIELD QUALITY PLAN (STORAGE &RECEIPT)
MANUFACTURER NAME &
ADDRESS
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 194/195
Quality Assurance & Quality Control Page- 26
Storage & Receipt
FIELD QUALITY PLANQP NO.:
ITEN: FIELD QUALITY PLAN (
RECEIPT & STORAGE) FOR
KOLDAM HEPREV.0,
DATE:
Sheet 1of3
SL. NO. CHARACTERISTICS / INSTRUMENTSTYPE OF
CHECKCLASS
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS &
ACCEPTANCE STANDARDS
QUANTUM /
FREQUENCY OF
CHECK
FORMAT OF
RECORDREMARKS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A MATERIAL STORAGE :
1
FOR ALL ITEMS i.e. FABRICATION OF
PARTS : Ist STAGE EMBEDDED
PARTS ,IInd STAGE EMBEDDED
PARTS , LINEAR CASING, GATE
ELEMENTS,LOCKING DEVICE ,GATE
PARTS,PIPES , VALVES
STORED IN OPEN YARD ON RAISED
SURFACE PROPERLY CHECK FOR
MECHANICAL DAMAGE
VISUAL MAJORCHALLAN / INVOICE / MDCC
& NO DAMAGEONCE IN 3 MONTH
LG BOOK STORE
REGISTER
2
HYDRAULLIC CYLINDER & POWER
PACK CONTROL PANNEL, MOTOR ,
CABLES. G.I PIPE ,GANTRY CRANE
PARTS, SEAL,etc.
STORED IN OPEN YARD ON RAISED
SURFACE WITH TARPULAIN /PVC
COVER
VISUAL MAJORCHALLAN / INVOICE / MDCC
& NO DAMAGEONCE IN 3 MONTH
LG BOOK STORE
REGISTER
3 LOOSE PARTS-NUTS & BOLTS
,PAINTS & LUBRICATION etc.
TO BE STORED IN COVERED STOREIN RACKS/ BOXES WITH SUITABLE
TAGS
VISUAL MAJORPACKIND LIST CHLLANCHPS / MDCC & NO
DAMAGE
ONCE IN 3 MONTHLG BOOK STORE
REGISTER
REVIEWED BY APPROVED B
MAIN-SUPPLIER
SIGNATURE
URER/
SUB-
MANUFACTURER NAME &
ADRESS
PROJECT :
FOR HPPCL USE
DOC. NO. RE
PACKAGE : HM Package
CONTRACT NO.:
MAIN-SUPPLIER :
7/23/2019 2011_12_Manual on Quality Assuarance and Quality Control(Civil Works and HM Works).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/201112manual-on-quality-assuarance-and-quality-controlcivil-works-and-hm 195/195